3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station Tech PDF

You might also like

You are on page 1of 334

3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station

V100R004

Technical Description

Issue 12
Date 2013-05-27

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description About This Document

About This Document

Overview
This document describes the 3900 series multi-mode base stations (MBTSs for short) in terms
of system architecture, topologies, transmission and clock schemes, and operation and
maintenance.

Product Version
The following table lists the product version related to this document.

Product Name Product Version

DBS3900 V100R004

BTS3900 V100R004

BTS3900L V100R004

BTS3900A V100R004

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l Network planners
l Field engineers
l System engineers

Organization
1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station Technical Description
This section describes the changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station Technical
Description of each version.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description About This Document

2 Overview

SingleRAN Solution launched by Huawei is a future-oriented solution that meets customers'


requirements of network evolution. It adopts the unified design for modules of different modes
and unified OM. It also supports the co-existence of devices of different modes at the same site,
and the sharing of base station resources. With these features, it meets operators' requirements
of multi-mode base stations.

3 MBTS in the Network

This section describes the position of the MBTS in the network.

4 MBTS Products

MBTSs can be classified into different base stations according to provided services and hardware
organizations.

5 Principle of the MBTS System

An MBTS mainly consists of BBU3900 (BBU for short), RF modules, and the antenna system.
The MBTS can work in dual mode such as GU, GL, or UL or in triple mode such as GU+L or
GL+U.

6 MBTS Network Topologies

This section describes MBTS transport network topologies and CPRI network topologies.

7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

The MBTS includes the BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, and DBS3900. Configuration
principles for BBUs and RF modules of each base station type are the same.

8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

The MBTS supports the independent transmission and co-transmission.

9 MBTS Clock Schemes

The MBTS supports multiple external reference clock sources, including the E1/T1 reference
clock, BITS reference clock, GPS reference clock, IP reference clock, and synchronous Ethernet
clock. Each SiteUnit can use an external reference clock source independently or share the
external reference clock source with another SiteUnit. When external reference clock sources
are unavailable, the MBTS continues to work for at least 30 days in free-run mode.

10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operation and Maintenance (OM) function includes management, monitoring, and maintenance
of the software, hardware, and configuration of the MBTSs. In addition, diversified OM modes
are provided in various scenarios.

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

This section describes surge protection specifications for each base station type and multi-mode
RF modules.

12 MBTS Reliability

The MBTS adopts a complete redundancy design, which greatly enhances system reliability.

13 Technical Specifications

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description About This Document

This section provides technical specifications for multi-mode RF modules. For technical
specifications for single-mode RF modules, see the technical description for the single-mode
base station in question.

Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level or medium level of risk


which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which, if not


avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not


avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance deterioration, or unanticipated results.

Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save


time.

Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement


important points of the main text.

General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in


boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic Book titles are in italics.


Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in
Courier New.

Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description About This Document

Convention Description

Italic Command arguments are in italics.

[] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.

{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by


vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by


vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by


vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Convention Description

Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles


are in boldface. For example, click OK.

> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"


signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Format Description

Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt
+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means
the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description About This Document

Action Description

Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving
the pointer.

Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and


quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Contents

Contents

About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii


1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station Technical Description..................1
2 Overview.......................................................................................................................................10
3 MBTS in the Network.................................................................................................................12
4 MBTS Products............................................................................................................................14
5 Principle of the MBTS System..................................................................................................16
6 MBTS Network Topologies.......................................................................................................21
7 MBTS Hardware Configuration...............................................................................................27
7.1 BBU Configuration.......................................................................................................................................................28
7.2 RF Configuration..........................................................................................................................................................28

8 MBTS Transmission Schemes..................................................................................................38


8.1 Independent Transmission............................................................................................................................................39
8.2 Co-Transmission...........................................................................................................................................................39
8.2.1 Co-Transmission with TDM......................................................................................................................................39
8.2.2 Co-Transmission with IP...........................................................................................................................................40
8.2.3 Route Backup............................................................................................................................................................43
8.2.4 Hybrid Transport.......................................................................................................................................................45

9 MBTS Clock Schemes.................................................................................................................47


9.1 Independent Reference Clock Mode............................................................................................................................48
9.2 Common Reference Clock Mode.................................................................................................................................51

10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance.......................................................................................55


10.1 OM Modes..................................................................................................................................................................57
10.2 Common Parts............................................................................................................................................................58
10.3 Configuration Management........................................................................................................................................62
10.4 Software Upgrade.......................................................................................................................................................67
10.5 Commissioning Mode.................................................................................................................................................68
10.6 Alarm Management....................................................................................................................................................71
10.7 Mode Evolution..........................................................................................................................................................74
10.8 Inventory and Device Documentation Management..................................................................................................75

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Contents

10.9 Maintenance Between Modes.....................................................................................................................................77

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications.................................................................................88


12 MBTS Reliability.......................................................................................................................95
13 Technical Specifications...........................................................................................................97
13.1 Technical Specifications for RFUs.............................................................................................................................98
13.1.1 DRFU Technical Specifications..............................................................................................................................98
13.1.2 Technical Specifications for GRFU......................................................................................................................101
13.1.3 Technical Specifications for WRFU......................................................................................................................107
13.1.4 Technical Specifications for WRFUd....................................................................................................................112
13.1.5 Technical Specifications for WRFUe....................................................................................................................117
13.1.6 Technical Specifications for LRFU.......................................................................................................................122
13.1.7 Technical Specifications for LRFUe.....................................................................................................................125
13.1.8 Technical Specifications for MRFU......................................................................................................................127
13.1.9 Technical Specifications for MRFUd....................................................................................................................139
13.1.10 Technical Specifications for MRFUe..................................................................................................................153
13.2 Technical Specifications for RRUs..........................................................................................................................161
13.2.1 RRU3004 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................................................161
13.2.2 Technical Specifications for RRU3008.................................................................................................................167
13.2.3 Technical Specifications for RRU3801E..............................................................................................................175
13.2.4 Technical Specifications for RRU3804.................................................................................................................183
13.2.5 Technical Specifications for RRU3805.................................................................................................................190
13.2.6 Technical Specifications for RRU3806.................................................................................................................197
13.2.7 Technical Specifications for RRU3808.................................................................................................................204
13.2.8 Technical Specifications for RRU3824.................................................................................................................212
13.2.9 Technical Specifications for RRU3826.................................................................................................................218
13.2.10 Technical Specifications for RRU3828...............................................................................................................224
13.2.11 Technical Specifications for RRU3829...............................................................................................................231
13.2.12 Technical Specifications for RRU3832...............................................................................................................237
13.2.13 Technical Specifications for RRU3201...............................................................................................................245
13.2.14 Technical Specifications for RRU3203...............................................................................................................248
13.2.15 Technical Specifications for RRU3220...............................................................................................................251
13.2.16 Technical Specifications for RRU3221...............................................................................................................254
13.2.17 Technical Specifications for RRU3222...............................................................................................................257
13.2.18 Technical Specifications for RRU3908...............................................................................................................260
13.2.19 Technical Specifications for RRU3926...............................................................................................................276
13.2.20 RRU3936 Technical Specifications.....................................................................................................................285
13.2.21 Technical Specifications for RRU3928...............................................................................................................292
13.2.22 Technical Specifications for RRU3929...............................................................................................................303
13.2.23 Technical Specifications for RRU3942...............................................................................................................315

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential viii


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base


Station Technical Description

This section describes the changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station Technical
Description of each version.

12 (2013-05-27)
This is issue 12.
Compared with issue 11 (2013-01-14), this issue includes the following new topics:
l 13.2.12 Technical Specifications for RRU3832
l 13.2.20 RRU3936 Technical Specifications
Compared with issue 11 (2013-01-14), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

6 MBTS Network Topologies Added specifications for CPRI ports on the


RRU3936.

Compared with issue 11 (2013-01-14), this issue does not exclude any topics.

11 (2013-01-14)
This is issue 11.
Compared with issue 10 (2012-10-31), this issue does not include any new topics.
Compared with issue 10 (2012-10-31), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications Removed description about the BTS3900A


(Ver.D1) cabinets, and renamed the
BTS3900A (Ver.D2) cabinets BTS3900A
(Ver.D).

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

Topic Change Description

13.2.23 Technical Specifications for Added specifications when it operates in the


RRU3942 850 MHz frequency band.

Compared with issue 10 (2012-10-31), this issue does not exclude any topics.

10 (2012-10-31)
This is issue 10.
Compared with issue 09 (2012-09-27), this issue does not include any new topics.
Compared with issue 09 (2012-09-27), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

7.2 RF Configuration Modified the hybrid configuration rule for


radio frequency (RF) modules.

Compared with issue 09 (2012-09-27), this issue does not exclude any topics.

09 (2012-09-27)
This is issue 09.
Compared with issue 08 (2012-06-20), this issue includes the following new topics:
l 13.1.1 DRFU Technical Specifications
l 13.1.2 Technical Specifications for GRFU
l 13.1.3 Technical Specifications for WRFU
l 13.1.4 Technical Specifications for WRFUd
l 13.1.5 Technical Specifications for WRFUe
l 13.1.6 Technical Specifications for LRFU
l 13.1.7 Technical Specifications for LRFUe
l 13.2.1 RRU3004 Technical Specifications
l 13.2.2 Technical Specifications for RRU3008
l 13.2.3 Technical Specifications for RRU3801E
l 13.2.4 Technical Specifications for RRU3804
l 13.2.5 Technical Specifications for RRU3805
l 13.2.6 Technical Specifications for RRU3806
l 13.2.7 Technical Specifications for RRU3808
l 13.2.8 Technical Specifications for RRU3824
l 13.2.9 Technical Specifications for RRU3826
l 13.2.10 Technical Specifications for RRU3828

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

l 13.2.11 Technical Specifications for RRU3829


l 13.2.13 Technical Specifications for RRU3201
l 13.2.14 Technical Specifications for RRU3203
l 13.2.15 Technical Specifications for RRU3220
l 13.2.16 Technical Specifications for RRU3221
l 13.2.17 Technical Specifications for RRU3222

Compared with issue 08 (2012-06-20), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

4 MBTS Products Added description about the BTS3900C.

6 MBTS Network Topologies l Removed MRFU V3 modules.


l Modified CPRI data rate for CPRI ports
on the RRU3908 V1.

7.2 RF Configuration Added the hybrid configuration rule to radio


frequency (RF) modules.

10.9 Maintenance Between Modes Updated the table Maintenance operations


that may affect services of other
SiteUnits.

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications l Modified the surge protection


specifications of ports on the BTS3900
(Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), BTS3900L
(Ver.B), and BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinets.
l Added the surge protection specifications
of ports on the BTS3900 (Ver.D),
BTS3900L (Ver.D), BTS3900A
(Ver.D1), BTS3900A (Ver.D2), and
BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinets.

13.1.8 Technical Specifications for MRFU Modified the frequency band supported by an
MRFU V2.

Compared with issue 08 (2012-06-20), this issue does not exclude any topics.

08 (2012-06-20)
This is issue 08.

Compared with issue 07 (2012-04-16), this issue does not include any new topics.

Compared with issue 07 (2012-04-16), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

13.1.10 Technical Specifications for Added specifications when it operates in the


MRFUe 900 MHz frequency band.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

Topic Change Description

13.2 Technical Specifications for RRUs Modified the operating environment


standards for RRUs.

Compared with issue 07 (2012-04-16), this issue does not exclude any topics.

07 (2012-04-16)
This is issue 07.
Compared with issue 06 (2012-02-25), this issue includes the following new topics:
l 13.2.19 Technical Specifications for RRU3926
Compared with issue 06 (2012-02-25), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

6 MBTS Network Topologies Added specifications for CPRI ports on the


RRU3926.

8.2.1 Co-Transmission with TDM Changed the title to Co-Transmission with


TDM.

10.2 Common Parts Added items to common parts. These items


are the BBU3900 subrack, UPEU, UEIU, and
FAN.

10.4 Software Upgrade Added the note: During a one-sided upgrade,


start event of common parts can be reported
only by the SiteUnit that is being upgraded.

10.5 Commissioning Mode Added the description: The security of the


USB loading port is ensured by encryption.

10.6 Alarm Management l Added the description: Alarms reported


by unilaterally managed common parts
may affect the operation of other
SiteUnits. On the Browse Current Alarm
tab page, the Additional Information
column lists the RAT_INFO and
AFFECTED_INFO information. With
the information, maintenance personnel
can know the mode information about the
base station where the alarm is generated
and the modes that are affected by the
alarm.
l Added the Browse Current Alarm tab
page of the M2000.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

Topic Change Description

10.9 Maintenance Between Modes Added impact of resetting a base station:


During an MBTS reset, start event of
common parts can be observed by the related
managing SiteUnits.

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications Updated surge protection specifications.

13 Technical Specifications Added receiver sensitivity and power


consumption specifications for LTE.

13.1 Technical Specifications for RFUs Added the size and weight of the RFU.

Compared with issue 06 (2012-02-25), this issue does not exclude any topics.

06 (2012-02-25)
This is issue 06.

Compared with issue 05 (2011-11-30), this issue includes the following new topics:

l 13.2.23 Technical Specifications for RRU3942

Compared with issue 05 (2011-11-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

6 MBTS Network Topologies Added specifications for CPRI ports on the


RRU3942.

10.2 Common Parts Optimized the description.

10.3 Configuration Management Optimized the description.

10.6 Alarm Management Optimized the description.

13.1.8 Technical Specifications for MRFU Updated RF specifications.

13.1.9 Technical Specifications for Updated RF specifications.


MRFUd

13.2.18 Technical Specifications for Updated RF specifications.


RRU3908

13.2.21 Technical Specifications for Updated RF specifications.


RRU3928

13.2.22 Technical Specifications for Updated RF specifications.


RRU3929

Compared with issue 05 (2011-11-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

05 (2011-11-30)
This is issue 05.
Compared with issue 04 (2011-09-30), this issue does not include any new topics.
Compared with issue 04 (2011-09-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

13 Technical Specifications Updated RF specifications.

Compared with issue 04 (2011-09-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

04 (2011-09-30)
This is issue 04.
Compared with issue 03 (2011-08-30), this issue includes the following new topics:
l 13 Technical Specifications
l 13.1 Technical Specifications for RFUs
l 13.1.8 Technical Specifications for MRFU
l 13.1.9 Technical Specifications for MRFUd
l 13.1.10 Technical Specifications for MRFUe
l 13.2 Technical Specifications for RRUs
l 13.2.18 Technical Specifications for RRU3908
l 13.2.21 Technical Specifications for RRU3928
l 13.2.22 Technical Specifications for RRU3929
Compared with issue 03 (2011-08-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

6 MBTS Network Topologies Removed Working Standard and Number


of Carriers Supported from CPRI
Interface Specifications.

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications Removed surge protection specifications of


the ports on multi-mode RF modules.

Compared with issue 03 (2011-08-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

03 (2011-08-30)
This is issue 03.
Compared with issue 02 (2011-07-30), this issue does not include any new topics.
Compared with issue 02 (2011-07-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

Topic Change Description

6 MBTS Network Topologies Added specifications for CPRI ports on the


MRFU V3 module.

8.2.2 Co-Transmission with IP l Removed QoS schemes.


l Modified IPSec descriptions.

9.2 Common Reference Clock Mode Added the note: Currently, only the frequency
synchronization method is supported for two
SiteUnits to share an external reference clock
source.

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications Added the cabinet version Ver.B to the
BTS3900, BTS3900A, and BTS3900L.

Compared with issue 02 (2011-07-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

02 (2011-07-30)
This is issue 02.
Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-30), this issue does not include any new topics.
Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

5 Principle of the MBTS System Modified antenna descriptions.

6 MBTS Network Topologies Added specifications for the CPRI ports on


the MRFU V1, MRFUe, RRU3908 V1, and
RRU3929 modules.

7.1 BBU Configuration Modified UBRI board descriptions.

7.2 RF Configuration Added RF configurations for the MRFUe and


RRU3929.

10.2 Common Parts Modified usage scenarios of loading control


rights.

10.3 Configuration Management Added restrictions which apply when


monitoring boards are managed by only one
SiteUnit.

10.7 Mode Evolution Modified typical evolution scenarios.

10.9 Maintenance Between Modes Added impact of resetting or powering off a


board at the local end on services at the peer
end.

Compared with issue 01 (2011-04-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

01 (2011-04-30)
This is issue 01.
Compared with Draft A (2011-03-30), this issue does not include any new topics.
Compared with Draft A (2011-03-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

6 MBTS Network Topologies Added specifications for the CPRI ports on


the MRFUd.

7.2 RF Configuration Added RF configurations for the MRFUd.

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications Added surge protection specifications for the
ports on the BTS3900 (Ver.C), BTS3900L
(Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.C).

Compared with Draft A (2011-03-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

Draft A (2011-03-30)
This is the release of Draft A.
Compared with issue V100R003 04 (2010-12-30), this issue includes the following new topics:
l 3 MBTS in the Network
l 4 MBTS Products
l 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration
l 10.7 Mode Evolution
Compared with issue V100R003 04 (2010-12-30), this issue incorporates the following changes:

Topic Change Description

2 Overview Modified product descriptions.

5 Principle of the MBTS System Added descriptions about the triple-mode


application.

6 MBTS Network Topologies Modified information about CPRI-based


topologies and added specifications for CPRI
ports on boards and modules.

10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance Added descriptions about the triple-mode


application.

10.9 Maintenance Between Modes l Added impact of activating or


deactivating a base station performed at
the GBTS on services at the peer end.
l Modified operation impacts provided in
Setting loading control rights.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station 1 Changes in the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description Technical Description

Compared with issue V100R003 04 (2010-12-30), this issue does not exclude any topics.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 2 Overview

2 Overview

SingleRAN Solution launched by Huawei is a future-oriented solution that meets customers'


requirements of network evolution. It adopts the unified design for modules of different modes
and unified OM. It also supports the co-existence of devices of different modes at the same site,
and the sharing of base station resources. With these features, it meets operators' requirements
of multi-mode base stations.
Figure 2-1 shows products of SingleRAN Solution.

Figure 2-1 Products of SingleRAN Solution

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 2 Overview

l Single-mode products are GSM Only (GO) products, UMTS Only (UO) products, and LTE
Only (LO) products. Single-mode products support services of a single mode. For details,
see Table 2-1.

Table 2-1 Single-mode products


Product Component

GO BSC: BSC6900 GO, BSC6000

GBTS: 3900 series base stations in GO mode, 3012 series base stations

UO RNC: BSC6900 UO, BSC6810

NodeB: 3900 series base stations in UO mode, 3812 series base


stations

LO eNodeB: 3900 series base stations in LO mode

l Multi-mode products are MBSCs, MBTSs, multi-mode co-site products, and products used
in cabinet reuse scenario. Multi-mode products support services of multiple modes
simultaneously. For details, see Table 2-2.

Table 2-2 Multi-mode products


Product Description

MBSC The MBSC incorporates functions of the RNC and BSC and follows
the trend towards multi-mode convergence in the mobile network.

MBTS The MBTS, implemented by 3900 series base stations, incorporates


functions of the GBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB and follows the trend
towards multi-mode convergence in the mobile network.

Cabinet Reuse Components of 3900 series base stations are placed in reused cabinets.

Multi-Mode 3900 series base stations share sites with existing base stations. For
Co-Site example, multi-mode co-site is implemented by BTS3012 (GO) and
BTS3900 with main control boards being cascaded.

This document provides information about the MBTS only.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 3 MBTS in the Network

3 MBTS in the Network

This section describes the position of the MBTS in the network.


Figure 3-1 shows the position of the MBTS in the network.

Figure 3-1 MBTS in the network

Functions of each network element (NE) are as follows:

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 3 MBTS in the Network

MBTS
An MBTS consisting of multiple SiteUnits has its own attributes such as name and mode. The
attribute information can be queried on the M2000. The attribute mode indicates that services
of a certain mode can be provided by an MBTS. This mode can be GO, UO, LO, GU, GL, UL,
or GUL. In Figure 3-1, the mode is GUL, indicating that GSM, UMTS, and LTE services are
provided. In this case, there are three SiteUnits: GBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB.
Physically, each SiteUnit has its own main control board. Logically, each SiteUnit has its own
main control unit that controls and manages components of this SiteUnit. In addition, each
SiteUnit has its own attributes such as name, mode, type, and version. The attribute mode
indicates that services of a certain mode can be provided by a SiteUnit. The mode can be GSM,
UMTS, or LTE. The attribute type indicates a base station type such as BTS3900 or DBS3900.
The attribute version indicates the software version of a SiteUnit. In Figure 3-1, one SiteUnit
is GBTS. The mode of the GBTS is GSM, indicating that GSM services are provided. The type
of the GBTS can be BTS3900 or DBS3900.

MBSC
The MBSC incorporates functions of the RNC and BSC. It is connected to a network where
GSM and UMTS services co-exist as an independent network element (NE). For details, see the
BSC6900 GU Product Documentation.
Each SiteUnit of an MBTS is connected to an MBSC or Mobility Management Entity/Serving
Gateway (MME/S-GW) by using an interface. A GBTS is connected to an MBSC by using the
Abis interface. A NodeB is connected to an MBSC by using the Iub interface. An eNodeB is
connected to an MME/S-GE by using the S1 interface.

OMC
The Operation and Maintenance Center (OMC), includes the M2000, CME, LMT, SMT, and
so on. Users can use the OMC to manage and maintain MBTSs and MBSCs.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 4 MBTS Products

4 MBTS Products

MBTSs can be classified into different base stations according to provided services and hardware
organizations.

MBTSs are currently classified into BTS3900, BTS3900A, BTS3900L, and DBS3900 according
to hardware organizations, as shown in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Base station type

Type Remarks

BTS3900 BTS3900 is applicable to indoor installation scenarios where traffic intensity is


high, lease cost of the equipment room is high, or space in the equipment room
is limited.

BTS3900 BTS3900A is applicable to outdoor installation scenarios such as cities, suburbs,


A or rural areas where wide coverage is required.

BTS3900 BTS3900L is applicable to indoor installation scenarios with high capacity


L requirements where traffic intensity is high, lease cost of the equipment room is
high, or space in the equipment room is limited.

DBS3900 DBS3900 is applicable to outdoor installation scenarios where wide coverage is


required or base station deployment is difficult.

BTS3900 BTS3900C is a mini outdoor base station and applies to hot spots, tunnels, and
C borders.

MBTSs are currently classified into dual-mode and triple-mode base stations according to
provided services, as shown in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2 Base station type

Type Remarks

Dual- A dual-mode base station, providing services of two modes, can work in GSM
mode base and UMTS (GU), GSM and LTE (GL), or UMTS and LTE (UL) mode. For
station example, a GU dual-mode base station provides GSM and UMTS services.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 4 MBTS Products

Type Remarks

Triple- A triple-mode base station currently provides GSM, UMTS, and LTE services
mode base simultaneously.
station

MBTSs can be also classified into co-cabinet base stations and co-module base stations
according to RF modules that are used.
l In co-module scenario, one RF module works for multiple modes. This is achieved by using
the Software-Defined Radio (SDR) technique in the manner of software configuration.
l In co-cabinet scenario, RF modules and boards of different modes are installed in one
cabinet. In this manner, the cabinet supports multiple modes. Note that co-cabinet is a
solution only that indicates combination of multiple logically independent products. These
products still connect to each other on service consideration. Base stations where this
solution is adopted can be further categorized into the following two types:
– Single-mode co-cabinet: Two or more single-mode components are placed in one
cabinet.
– Hybrid co-cabinet: Single-mode and multi-mode components are placed in one cabinet.
Multi-mode components can support new modes by upgrading their software.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 5 Principle of the MBTS System

5 Principle of the MBTS System

An MBTS mainly consists of BBU3900 (BBU for short), RF modules, and the antenna system.
The MBTS can work in dual mode such as GU, GL, or UL or in triple mode such as GU+L or
GL+U.

System Architecture
Figure 5-1, Figure 5-2, and Figure 5-3 show system architectures for a dual-mode base station.
l GU: GSM and UMTS boards are configured in the BBU. Some of the RF modules
connected to the BBU work in GO mode, some work in UO mode, and the remaining work
in GU mode.

Figure 5-1 GU system architecture

l GL: GSM and LTE boards are configured in the BBU. Some of the RF modules connected
to the BBU work in GO mode, some work in LO mode, and the remaining work in GL
mode.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 5 Principle of the MBTS System

Figure 5-2 GL system architecture

l UL: UMTS and LTE boards are configured in the BBU. Some of the RF modules connected
to the BBU work in UO mode and the remaining work in LO mode.

Figure 5-3 UL system architecture

Two BBUs are required when an MBTS works in triple mode. Figure 5-4 and Figure 5-5 show
system architectures for a triple-mode base station.
l GU+L: GSM and UMTS boards are configured in BBU 0. Some of the RF modules
connected to BBU 0 work in GO mode, some work in UO mode, and the remaining work
in GU mode. Only LTE boards are configured in BBU 1 and RF modules connected to
BBU 1 work in LO mode.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 5 Principle of the MBTS System

Figure 5-4 GU+L system architecture

l GL+U: GSM and LTE boards are configured in BBU 0. Some of the RF modules connected
to BBU 0 work in GO mode, some work in LO mode, and the remaining work in GL mode.
Only UMTS boards are configured in BBU 1 and RF modules connected to BBU 1 work
in UO mode.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 5 Principle of the MBTS System

Figure 5-5 GU+UO system architecture

The MBTS consists of the following parts:

BBU
The BBU has a modular structure and consists of the control subsystem, transport subsystem,
baseband subsystem, and power and environment monitoring subsystem. When equipped with
boards of different modes, the BBU can serve any two modes at the same time, therefore enabling
dual-mode application. In this manner, information of the two modes is exchanged within the
BBU, therefore achieving clock signal transferring and data forwarding.

BBU subsystems are as follows:

l The control subsystem includes the GTMU, WMPT, and LMPT boards. The control
subsystem manages the entire base station in a centralized manner including OM, signaling
processing and system clock.
l The transport subsystem includes the GTMU, WMPT, LMPT, and UTRP boards. It
provides physical interfaces connecting the MBTS to the transport network to achieve
information exchange. It also provides the OM channel connecting the MBTS to the OMC.
l The baseband subsystem includes RF modules (for GSM), the WBBP board (for UMTS),
and the LBBP board (for LTE). The baseband subsystem processes UL and DL baseband
signals and provides CPRI ports through which the BBU can exchange information with
RF modules. For GSM, the GTMU or UBRI board provides CPRI ports through which the
BBU can exchange information with RF modules.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 5 Principle of the MBTS System

l The power and environment monitoring subsystem includes the UPEU and UEIU boards.
It provides power supply to the BBU and monitors the power status. It also provides ports
that are connected to environment monitoring devices and therefore it receives and transfers
signals transmitted from the environment monitoring devices.

RF Modules
RF modules (RXUs for short) include RFUs used in macro base stations and RRUs used in
distributed base stations. An RXU (**) refers to an RF module of a certain mode that can process
RF signals of the mode. Where, "**" indicates the working mode of the RXU. For example,
RXU (GU) is an RF module that works in GU mode and processes GSM and UMTS RF signals.
Based on processing capability, RF modules are classified into single-mode RF modules and
multi-mode RF modules.
l Single-mode RF modules process RF signals of only one mode. For GSM RF modules,
they process not only RF signals but also baseband signals. For information about single-
mode RF modules, see the technical description of the corresponding single-mode base
station.
l Adopting the Software Defined Radio (SDR) technique, each multi-mode RF module can
process RF signals of any two modes by using different software configurations. GU or
GL RF modules can also process GSM baseband signals.
Single-mode and multi-mode RF modules can be installed in the same cabinet of an MBTS to
achieve applications of multiple frequency bands and multiple modes.

Antenna System
The antenna system consists of antennas, feeders, jumpers, the Tower Mounted Amplifier
(TMA), and the Same band Antenna Sharing Unit (SASU). It transmits and receives RF signals.
When two radio communication systems operate in the same frequency band and cover the same
area, it is recommended that the two systems share the antenna system to reduce the CAPEX on
network deployment. If multi-mode RF modules are used at an MBTS, signals of two radio
communication systems operating in the same frequency band are transmitted from the same
port to achieve antenna system sharing. If single-mode RF modules are used, the Same band
Antenna Sharing Unit (SASU) is recommended.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 6 MBTS Network Topologies

6 MBTS Network Topologies

This section describes MBTS transport network topologies and CPRI network topologies.

MBTS Transport Network Topologies


The MBTS supports multiple network topologies such as the chain, star, and tree topology, as
shown in Figure 6-1.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 6 MBTS Network Topologies

Figure 6-1 MBTS transport network topologies

Table 6-1 lists features of each network topology.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 6 MBTS Network Topologies

Table 6-1 MBTS transport network topologies


Topology Advantage Disadvantage

Chain This topology helps reduce costs of l Signals travel through many nodes,
transmission equipment, engineering which lowers line reliability.
construction, and leased transmission l Faults in an upper-level base
lines. station may affect lower-level base
stations.
NOTE
In a chain topology, if Abis bypass is
enabled, lower-level base stations can
work properly even if there is a power
failure in an upper-level base station.

Star l Each MBTS is directly connected Compared with other topologies, the
to an MBSC/MME/S-GW. star topology requires more
Therefore, this topology is transmission resources.
characterized by easy engineering,
maintenance, and capacity
expansion.
l Each MBTS directly transmits data
to and receives data from an
MBSC. Signals travel through few
nodes, and therefore line reliability
is high.

Tree The tree topology requires fewer l Signals travel through many nodes,
transmission cables than the star and therefore line reliability is low
topology. and engineering and maintenance
are difficult.
l Faults in an upper-level base
station may affect lower-level base
stations.
l Capacity expansion is difficult
because it may require changes in
the current network architecture.

CPRI Network Topologies


The MBTS supports multiple CPRI network topologies such as the chain, star, ring, and dual-
star topology, as shown in Figure 6-2. Single-mode RF modules support the chain, ring, and
star topology while multi-mode RF modules support the star and dual-star topology.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 6 MBTS Network Topologies

Figure 6-2 CPRI network topologies

NOTE
In Figure 6-2, the dual-star topology is used at a GU BTS.

Table 6-2 lists features of each network topology.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 6 MBTS Network Topologies

Table 6-2 CPRI network topologies


Topo Advantage Disadvantage Remarks
logy

Chain The cost of transmission l The number of levels in l RFUs and RRUs
equipment is low. a chain and the cannot be cascaded.
cascading distance are l Only single-mode RF
restricted. modules can be used
l RXUs working in in the chain topology.
different modes cannot l Data rates of two
be cascaded. CPRI ports on an
l Faults in an upper-level RXU must be the
RXU may affect lower- same. That is, the
level RXUs. data rate on a CPRI
chain must be
identical.

Ring Transmission reliability is l The number of levels in l RFUs cannot be used


guaranteed. a chain and the in the ring topology.
cascading distance are l Only single-mode RF
restricted. modules can be used
l RRUs working in in the ring topology.
different modes cannot l The ring topology is
be cascaded. implemented on the
l Faults in an upper-level basis of the chain
RRU may affect lower- topology by adding a
level RRUs. redundant link.

Star l Transmission Compared with other -


reliability is high. topologies, the star
When an RXU or an topology requires large
optical cable is faulty, number of optical cables.
only one sector is
affected.
l The installation and
maintenance are easy.

Dual- Data of each mode is Two CPRI ports on an RXU l Only multi-mode RF
star transmitted over its own are used by two modes modules can be used
CPRI cables. In this respectively. Therefore, in the dual-star
manner, decoupling is RXUs cannot be cascaded. topology.
achieved and the impact l Data rates of two
on each mode is reduced. CPRI ports on an
RXU must be the
same. Therefore, a
lower data rate is
supported on two
CPRI ports.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 6 MBTS Network Topologies

Based on the longest distance between a BBU and an RRU on a chain, CPRI networks can be
deployed in two scenarios, that is, short-distance remote and long-distance remote scenarios.
l In the short-distance remote scenario, the longest distance between an RRU and a BBU on
a CPRI chain should be no more than 100 m.
l In the long-distance remote scenario, the longest distance between an RRU and a BBU on
a CPRI chain ranges from 100 m to 40 km.
Different CPRI optical cables are used in two scenarios. For details, see chapter CPRI Optical
Cable in the BBU3900 Hardware Description.

CPRI Specifications
For specifications for Common Protocol Radio Interface (CPRI) ports on boards and single-
mode radio frequency (RF) modules, refer to the technical description of the corresponding
single-mode base station.
Table 6-3 lists the specifications for CPRI ports on multi-mode RF modules.

Table 6-3 Specifications for CPRI ports on multi-mode RF modules


Module Number of Data Rate Topology Maximum
CPRI Ports Distance from
the BBU

MRFU V1 2 1.25 Gbit/s Star or dual-star N/A

MRFU V2 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star N/A

MRFUd 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star N/A

MRFUe 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star N/A

RRU3908 V1 2 l 850, 900, or Star or dual-star 40 km


1900 MHz:
1.25 Gbit/s
l 1800 MHz:
1.25/2.5
Gbit/s

RRU3908 V2 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star 40 km

RRU3926 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star 40 km

RRU3936 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star 40 km

RRU3928 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star 40 km

RRU3929 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star 40 km

RRU3942 2 1.25/2.5 Gbit/s Star or dual-star 40 km

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

About This Chapter

The MBTS includes the BTS3900, BTS3900L, BTS3900A, and DBS3900. Configuration
principles for BBUs and RF modules of each base station type are the same.

7.1 BBU Configuration


Boards and modules of different types can be installed in a BBU according to the actual situation.
7.2 RF Configuration
RF configuration includes the configuration of the antenna system and that of RF modules.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

7.1 BBU Configuration


Boards and modules of different types can be installed in a BBU according to the actual situation.

Boards and modules that can be installed in a BBU are main control boards (including the
GTMU, WMPT, and LMPT), baseband boards (including the WBBP and LBBP), the universal
baseband radio interface board (UBRI), the transmission extension board (the UTRP), the
satellite card and clock unit (the USCU), the fan module (FAN), the power module (UPEU), the
environment interface board (UEIU), and so on. For details, see the BBU3900 Hardware
Description.

For a dual-mode base station, one BBU is required. The following figures show the typical
configurations for different dual-mode base stations:

l GU:

l GL:

l UL:

For a triple-mode base station, two BBUs are required. The following figures show the typical
configurations for different triple-mode base stations:

l GU+L:

l GL+U:

7.2 RF Configuration
RF configuration includes the configuration of the antenna system and that of RF modules.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Typical Configuration
For configuration principles of single-mode RF modules, see the technical description of the
corresponding single-mode base station. This section mainly describes the typical configuration
principles of multi-mode RF modules. The following figures take MRFU, MRFUd, MRFUe,
RRU3908 V2, RRU3928, and RRU3929 as examples.

Figure 7-1 shows the typical configuration when only one module is used in a single sector. In
this case, the antenna system is connected to ANT ports on the module by using a pair of dual-
polarized antennas.

l ANT ports on the MRFU and MRFUe are ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_RXB. The ANT_TX/
RXA port is a receiving and transmitting port while the ANT_RXB port is used to receive
signals.
l ANT ports on the MRFUd, RRU3908 V2, RRU3928, and RRU3929 are ANT_TX/RXA
and ANT_TX/RXB. The two ports are used to receive and transmit signals.

Figure 7-1 Typical configuration of single-sector and single-module

Figure 7-2 shows the typical configuration when two modules are used in a single sector.

l When two MRFUs or MRFUes are used, the antenna system is connected to the ANT_TX/
RXA ports on the two MRFUs by using a pair of dual-polarized antennas. The RX_OUTA
and RX_INB ports on the two MRFUs are connected through an inter-RFU RF signal cable
to achieve the application of receive diversity.
l When the MRFUds, RRU3908s V2, RRU3928s, or RRU3929s are used, the antenna system
is connected to the ANT_TX/RXA and ANT_TX/RXB ports on each RF module by using
a pair of dual-polarized antennas.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Figure 7-2 Typical configuration of single-sector and dual-module

A multi-sector consists of multiple single-sectors and it is configured according to the


configuration principle for a single-sector.

Hybrid Configuration Rule for RFUs


You can use two RFUs to expand system capacity or to achieve mode evolution.
Table 7-1 provides the hybrid configuration rule for RFUs.

NOTE
In the following table, nTmR indicates that the related RF module has n transmit channels and m receive
channels.

Table 7-1 Hybrid configuration rule for RFUs


Different All types of RFUs support hybrid configuration.
frequency bands

Same Differen All types of RFUs support hybrid configuration.


freque t sectors
ncy
band

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 30


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Same For RFUs supporting the GSM mode:


sector l All types of RFUs except DRFUs support hybrid configuration.
l When different types of RFUs are used together, you must upgrade
the software of the base station, base station controller, and CME to
the required version.
l When an MRFUd is used together with a 1T2R RFU of another type:
– The MRFUd does not work with the RFU to achieve the inter-
module radio frequency (RF) frequency hopping function.
– The MRFUd does not work with the RFU to achieve the dual-PA
power sharing function. PA stands for power amplifier.
l When a GRFU is used together with an MRFU or MRFUe:
– If the MRFU or MRFUe is working in GSM mode, it can work
with the GRFU to achieve the inter-module RF frequency
hopping and dual-PA power sharing functions. In this case, the
MRFUe supports a maximum of 6 carriers, and the difference
between the number of carriers on the GRFU and the number of
carriers on the MRFUe must not exceed 1.
– If the MRFU or MRFUe is working in GU or GL mode, it cannot
work with the GRFU to achieve the inter-module RF frequency
hopping or dual-PA power sharing function.
Figure 7-3 shows RFU hybrid configuration for a GL dual-mode base
station that is upgraded from a GSM only (GO) single-mode base station.

For RFUs supporting the UMTS mode:


l Two 1T2R RFUs can be used together.
l Single-mode RF modules cannot be used together with multi-mode
RF modules.
l When multiple multi-mode RF modules are used together, UMTS
carriers must be configured on one module.
l When MRFU V1 or MRFU V2 modules are used together with other
types of RFUs, the software of the base station must be upgraded to
the required version if the DC and MIMO functions are to be
supported across these modules.
Figure 7-4 shows RFU hybrid configuration for a base station whose
capacity is to be expanded.

For RFUs supporting the LTE mode:


l For RFUs working in LTE mode: Two 1T2R RFUs of the same type
and can work together to support the 2T configuration. Two 2T2R
RFUs of the same type can work together to support the 4T
configuration.
l For RFUs working in multi-mode: Two 1T2R RFUs can work
together to support the 2T configuration.
l When different types of RFUs are used together, you must upgrade
the software of the base station to the required version.
Figure 7-5 shows RFU hybrid configuration for a GL dual-mode base
station that is upgraded from a GO single-mode base station.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Figure 7-3 RFU hybrid configuration (scenario 1)

l Before mode evolution, the configuration is GSM S8/8/8. Each sector has two GRFU V2
modules that operate in the 1800 MHz frequency band, and each module supports four
carriers.
l After mode evolution, the configuration changes to GSM S8/8/8 + LTE 3 x 15 MHz, and
one GRFU V2 module in each sector is replaced by one MRFUd that operates in the 1800
MHz frequency band. In addition, this MRFUd works in GL mode and supports 4 GSM
carriers and 1 LTE carrier.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Figure 7-4 RFU hybrid configuration (scenario 2)

l Before capacity expansion, the configuration is UMTS 3 x 2. Each sector has one WRFU
whose maximum transmit power is 40 W and this WRFU supports 2 UMTS carriers.
l After capacity expansion, the configuration changes to UMTS 3 x 6. In each sector, one
WRFU whose maximum transmit power is 80 W is added. Each WRFU supports four
UMTS carriers.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Figure 7-5 RFU hybrid configuration (scenario 3)

l Before mode evolution, the configuration is GSM S4/4/4. Each sector has one MRFU V1
module that supports four GSM carriers.
l After mode evolution, the configuration changes to LTE 3 x 5 MHz. In each sector, one
MRFU V2 module is added. This MRFU V2 module works together with the MRFU V1
module in the same cell to support one LTE carrier.

Hybrid Configuration Rule for RRUs


You can use two RRUs to expand system capacity or to achieve mode evolution.

Table 7-2 provides the hybrid configuration rule for RRUs.

NOTE
In the following table, nTmR indicates that the related RF module has n transmit channels and m receive
channels.

Table 7-2 Hybrid configuration rule for RRUs

Different All types of RRUs support hybrid configuration.


frequency bands

Same Differen All types of RRUs support hybrid configuration.


freque t sectors

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

ncy Same For RRUs supporting the GSM mode:


band sector l All types of RRUs except the RRU3004 support hybrid
configuration.
l In the same subsite, only RRU3008 V1 and RRU3008 V2 modules
can be used together, and only RRU3908 V1 and RRU3908 V2
modules can be used together.
Figure 7-6 shows RRU hybrid configuration for a GL dual-mode base
station that is upgraded from a GSM only (GO) single-mode base station.

For RRUs supporting the UMTS mode:


l Two 1T2R RRUs can be used together.
l Single-mode RF modules cannot be used together with multi-mode
RF modules.
l When multiple multi-mode RF modules are used together, UMTS
carriers must be configured on one module.
Figure 7-7 shows RRU hybrid configuration for a base station whose
capacity is to be expanded.

For RRUs supporting the LTE mode:


l For RRUs working in LTE mode: Two 1T2R RRUs of the same type
and can work together to support the 2T configuration. Two 2T2R
RRUs of the same type can work together to support the 4T
configuration.
l For RRUs working in multi-mode: Two 1T2R RRUs can work
together to support the 2T configuration.
l When different types of RRUs are used together, you must upgrade
the software of the base station to the required version.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Figure 7-6 RRU hybrid configuration (scenario 1)

l Before mode evolution, the configuration is GSM S6/6/6. Each sector has one RRU3908
V1 module that operates in the 1800 MHz frequency band, and each module supports six
GSM carriers.
l After mode evolution, the configuration changes to GSM S8/8/8 + LTE 3 x 20 MHz. In
each sector, one RRU3929 that operates in the 1800 MHz frequency band is added. In
addition, this RRU3929 works in GL mode and supports 4 GSM carriers and 1 LTE carrier.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 7 MBTS Hardware Configuration

Figure 7-7 RRU hybrid configuration (scenario 2)

l Before capacity expansion, the configuration is UMTS 3 x 4. Each sector has one RRU3804
that supports four UMTS carriers.
l After capacity expansion, the configuration changes to UMTS 3 x 8. In each sector, one
RRU3806 that supports four UMTS carriers is added.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

About This Chapter

The MBTS supports the independent transmission and co-transmission.

8.1 Independent Transmission


When the independent transmission is applied to an MBTS, each SiteUnit is connected to the
transport network through independent physical transmission ports. In this case, transmission
resources are not shared and therefore no impact exists between SiteUnits in terms of
transmission.
8.2 Co-Transmission
When co-transmission is applied to an MBTS, each SiteUnit is connected to the transport
network through common physical transmission ports. In this case, transmission resources are
shared but impacts exist between SiteUnits in terms of transmission. Co-transmission is
classified into co-transmission with TDM timeslot cross and co-transmission with IP. When co-
transmission with IP is applied, route backup and hybrid transport are supported.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

8.1 Independent Transmission


When the independent transmission is applied to an MBTS, each SiteUnit is connected to the
transport network through independent physical transmission ports. In this case, transmission
resources are not shared and therefore no impact exists between SiteUnits in terms of
transmission.

Figure 8-1 shows the principle of the independent transmission. The transmission scheme and
transmission feature of each SiteUnit are the same as those of a single-mode base station. For
details, see the technical description of a single-mode base station.

Figure 8-1 Independent transmission

8.2 Co-Transmission
When co-transmission is applied to an MBTS, each SiteUnit is connected to the transport
network through common physical transmission ports. In this case, transmission resources are
shared but impacts exist between SiteUnits in terms of transmission. Co-transmission is
classified into co-transmission with TDM timeslot cross and co-transmission with IP. When co-
transmission with IP is applied, route backup and hybrid transport are supported.

8.2.1 Co-Transmission with TDM


The TDM timeslot cross function can be used to multiplex data of two modes onto the transport
network only when an MBTS works in GU mode. In this manner, E1/T1 transmission resources
are shared on a timeslot basis and TDM transmission bandwidth can be shared in a semi-static
way.

The co-transmission with TDM timeslot cross function is implemented by the GSM
Transmission, Timing, and Management Unit for BBU (GTMU) board or the GSM Universal
Transmission Processing unit (UTRP) board, as shown in Figure 8-2.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

Figure 8-2 Co-transmission with TDM timeslot cross

The WCDMA Main Processing and Transmission Unit (WMPT) board transmits UMTS E1/T1
timeslots to the GTMU or UTRP board through the TOP channel on the backplane. The GTMU
or UTRP board provides E1/T1 ports that connect a base station to the transport network. The
GSM data and UMTS data are multiplexed onto the transport network by using the TDM timeslot
cross function, therefore achieving E1/T1 transmission resource sharing on the timeslot basis.

In the preceding scenario, only the following two clock schemes can be used:

l The GBTS is configured with an E1/T1 clock source while the NodeB shares the GBTS'
clock signals. (Recommended)
l When the BSC and RNC use the same E1/T1 clock source, the NodeB can be configured
with the E1/T1 clock source and the GBTS can share the NodeB's clock or can be configured
with another clock source.

8.2.2 Co-Transmission with IP


The MBTS can use techniques such as IP over Ethernet and IP over E1/T1 to enable different
SiteUnits to share physical transmission resources and dynamically share the transmission
bandwidth.

Co-transmission with IP can be implemented at an MBTS where only two SiteUnits share
transmission resources by connecting FE/GE ports on the main control boards of two SiteUnits.
In this scenario, the main control boards must be installed in the same BBU and FE/GE ports
on the main control boards must be interconnected to transfer data. In addition, a transmission
port on one SiteUnit is connected to the transport network and data of two SiteUnits is carried
on this transmission link.

FE/GE ports can be interconnected in two ways, that is, interconnecting FE/GE electrical ports
and interconnecting FE/GE optical ports.

Co-Transmission Between GBTS and NodeB


If co-transmission between the GBTS and the NodeB is required, as shown in Figure 8-3,

an FE port on the GSM Transmission, Timing, and Management Unit for BBU (GTMU) board
must be interconnected with an FE port on the WCDMA Main Processing and Transmission
Unit (WMPT) board using an FE interconnection cable. In this case, GSM data is transferred
over this FE interconnection cable. Moreover, another transmission port on the WMPT board is
connected to the transport network and GSM and UMTS data is carried on this transmission
link. If the MBTS needs to connect to the transport network by using GE ports, the Universal
Transmission Processing unit REV:2 (UTRP2) board can be configured for the NodeB. Then,

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

an FE port on the GTMU board is interconnected with an FE/GE port on the UTRP2 board and
the other FE/GE port on the UTRP2 board is connected to the transport network.

Figure 8-3 Co-transmission with IP (GU mode)

Co-Transmission Between GBTS and eNodeB


If co-transmission between the GBTS and the eNodeB is required, as shown in Figure 8-4 and
Figure 8-5,
an FE port on the GTMU board must be interconnected with an FE/GE port on the LTE Main
Processing & Transmission Unit (LMPT) board using an FE interconnection cable. In this case,
GSM data is transferred over this FE interconnection cable. Moreover, the other FE/GE port on
the LMPT board is connected to the transport network and GSM and LTE data is carried on the
corresponding transmission link. If the eNodeB is configured with the UTRP board, an E1/T1
port on the UTRP board is connected to the transport network and GSM and LTE data is carried
on the corresponding transmission link.

Figure 8-4 Co-transmission with IP (GL mode)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

Figure 8-5 Co-transmission with IP (GL mode, the UTRP board used)

NOTE
The UTRP board is optional. It is not suitable for the co-transmission with IP mode, given its limited bandwidth
that affects GSM traffic expansion. Therefore, using the UTRP board to achieve co-transmission with IP in GL
mode is not recommended.

Co-Transmission Between NodeB and eNodeB


If co-transmission between the NodeB and the eNodeB is required, as shown in Figure 8-6 and
Figure 8-7,
an FE port on the WMPT board must be interconnected with an FE/GE port on the LMPT board
using an FE interconnection cable. In this case, UMTS data is transferred over this FE
interconnection cable. Moreover, the other FE/GE port on the LMPT board is connected to the
transport network and UMTS and LTE data is carried on this transmission link. If the eNodeB
is configured with the UTRP board, an E1/T1 port on the UTRP board can be connected to the
transport network and UMTS and LTE data is carried on the transmission link.

Figure 8-6 Co-transmission with IP (UL mode)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

Figure 8-7 Co-transmission with IP (UL mode, the UTRP board used)

NOTE
The UTRP is optional. It is not suitable for the co-transmission with IP mode, given its limited bandwidth that
affects UMTS traffic expansion. Therefore, co-transmission with IP in UL mode is not recommended.

Throughput Specifications
When the MBTS works in co-transmission with IP mode, the throughput specifications for each
mode are as follows:

l GSM: 18 Mbit/s (bi-directional)


l UMTS: 255 Mbit/s (45 Mbit/s in uplink and 210 Mbit/s in downlink)
l LTE: 750 Mbit/s (300 Mbit/s in uplink and 450 Mbit/s in downlink)

8.2.3 Route Backup


The MBTS can achieve route backup by using co-transmission with IP, which enables backup
between traffic channels.

When the MBTS supports route backup, each SiteUnit has two transmission channels, that is,
the main channel and the backup channel.

l Main channel: When each SiteUnit connects to the transport network by using an
independent physical transmission port, this independent transmission link is the main
channel for each SiteUnit.
l Backup channel: When the main control boards of two SiteUnits are interconnected by
using FE/GE ports, each SiteUnit's independent transmission link serves as a backup
channel for the other SiteUnit.

Usage scenarios of the route backup function are as follows:

Scenario Remarks

The main channel In this case, the route backup function can be enabled to enable
is faulty. switchover of transmission paths. Then, the system switches to the
backup channel to ensure that maintenance and service data of high
priority is not affected. After the main channel restores, the system
automatically switches back to the main channel.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

Scenario Remarks

The transmission In this case, a SiteUnit can use transmission links of another SiteUnit to
is not ready. ensure that version management and other operations can be performed
and completed properly.

Figure 8-8 shows the working principle of route backup when the main channel of the NodeB
in an MBTS working in GU mode is faulty. This working principle also applies to other scenarios.

Figure 8-8 Working principle of route backup

In the preceding figure, the GBTS and NodeB connect to the transport network by using
independent physical transmission ports and the GTMU and WMPT boards are interconnected
by using FE ports. Normally, the GBTS and NodeB use their own independent transmission
links (that is, the main channel) to transmit data. That is, transmission of the GBTS does not
affect that of the NodeB. If the main channel of the NodeB is faulty, the backup channel will be
used and the NodeB's data is transferred to the GSM Transmission, Timing, and Management
Unit for BBU (GTMU) board over the FE interconnection cable. Moreover, the transmission
link of the GBTS (that is, the backup channel) will be used to ensure that high-priority

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

maintenance and service data will not be affected. After the main channel of the NodeB is
restored, the system automatically switches back to the main channel to transmit data.
For route backup achieved using co-transmission with IP, pay attention to the following
information:
l In IP over E1 mode, route backup is not supported.
l If the route backup function has been enabled on a physical channel, the hybrid transport
function cannot be enabled on this channel.
l Route backup can be enabled only by interconnecting FE/GE ports on main control boards.
Interconnecting FE/GE ports on the UTRP board and a main control board cannot enable
route backup.
l In route backup scenarios, the IEEE1588 clock supports the backup switch of only unicast
mode but not multicast mode.
l Route backup depends on Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD). When the main
channel is faulty, the operation, administration and maintenance (OAM), signaling, and
key services of high priority are guaranteed preferentially. When the MBTS works in GU,
GL, or UL mode, NodeB or eNodeB can use only BFD to bind the host-specific route. If
UMTS or LTE does not use BFD to bind the host-specific route, the active and standby
routes cannot be switched over, and therefore the route backup function cannot take effect.
l If the MBTS works in UL mode and the main channel of the eNodeB is faulty, the QoS of
high-priority data streams is guaranteed preferentially when the backup channel is used.
This is because the NodeB processing capability is limited and the NodeB cannot support
the entire eNodeB traffic.
l If the MBTS works in GU or GL mode and the main channel of the NodeB or eNodeB is
faulty, the QoS of high-priority data streams is guaranteed preferentially when the backup
channel is used. This is because the GBTS processing capability is limited and the GBTS
cannot support the entire NodeB or eNodeB traffic.

8.2.4 Hybrid Transport


An MBTS working in UL mode can enable hybrid transport by using the co-transmission with
IP mode.
The MBTS working in UL mode supports the transfer of data over different transmission links
by priorities. In this scenario, an FE port on the WMPT board is interconnected with an FE/GE
port on the LMPT board to exchange information. The E1/T1 port on the WMPT board is
connected to the transport network to bear services of high priorities. An FE/GE port on the
LMPT board is connected to the transport network to bear low-priority services.
There are three scenarios for hybrid transport:
l Scenario 1: The UMTS traffic is transmitted on different paths whereas the LTE traffic is
transmitted on one path, as shown in Figure 8-9.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 45


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 8 MBTS Transmission Schemes

Figure 8-9 Hybrid transport (scenario 1)

l Scenario 2: The UMTS traffic is transmitted on one path whereas the LTE traffic is
transmitted on different paths, as shown in Figure 8-10.

Figure 8-10 Hybrid transport (scenario 2)

l Scenario 3: Both UMTS traffic and LTE traffic are transmitted on different paths, as shown
in Figure 8-11.

Figure 8-11 Hybrid transport (scenario 3)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

9 MBTS Clock Schemes

About This Chapter

The MBTS supports multiple external reference clock sources, including the E1/T1 reference
clock, BITS reference clock, GPS reference clock, IP reference clock, and synchronous Ethernet
clock. Each SiteUnit can use an external reference clock source independently or share the
external reference clock source with another SiteUnit. When external reference clock sources
are unavailable, the MBTS continues to work for at least 30 days in free-run mode.

NOTE
In an MBTS, the Clock Working Mode cannot be set to AUTO(Auto), and each SiteUnit can be configured
with only one type of external clock source.

9.1 Independent Reference Clock Mode


When the MBTS works in independent reference clock mode, each SiteUnit uses an external
reference clock source independently and clock characteristics are the same as those of a single-
mode base station.
9.2 Common Reference Clock Mode
When the MBTS works in common reference clock mode, two SiteUnits share the same external
reference clock source.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

9.1 Independent Reference Clock Mode


When the MBTS works in independent reference clock mode, each SiteUnit uses an external
reference clock source independently and clock characteristics are the same as those of a single-
mode base station.

NOTE

When an MBTS adopts independent reference clock mode, each SiteUnit can use a different reference clock
source according to onsite conditions. The related restrictions are as follows:
l Each SiteUnit can be configured with only one type of reference clock source.
l Only one Universal Satellite Card and Clock Unit (USCU) board can be configured for an MBTS and the
USCU board can be configured with only one type of reference clock source.

Independent E1/T1 Reference Clock


When each SiteUnit of an MBTS connects to the transport network by using its own E1/T1
transmission link and clock signals are carried on the link, each SiteUnit can obtain clock signals
from its own E1/T1 port, as shown in Figure 9-1 and Figure 9-2.

Figure 9-1 Independent E1/T1 reference clock (the main control board is connected to the
transport network)

Figure 9-2 Independent E1/T1 reference clock (the UTRP is connected to the transport network)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

Independent IP Reference Clock


When each SiteUnit of an MBTS is connected to the transport network by using its own FE/GE
transmission link or co-transmission with IP is implemented by interconnecting FE ports, a client
can be configured for each SiteUnit. In this manner, each SiteUnit can obtain its clock signals
from the IEEE1588 server or IP clock server by using the FE/GE transmission link.

Figure 9-3 shows the working principle of the independent IP reference clock when each
SiteUnit of an MBTS uses an independent FE/GE transmission link.

Figure 9-3 Independent IP reference clock (independent transmission)

Figure 9-4 shows the working principle of the independent IP reference clock when co-
transmission with IP is implemented by interconnecting FE ports on an MBTS in GU mode.

Figure 9-4 Independent IP reference clock (co-transmission with IP)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

NOTE
When the MBTS adopts co-transmission with IP, SiteUnits not connecting to the transport network directly
cannot interpret the IEEE1588 clock signals because SiteUnits connecting to the transport directly do not support
multicast forwarding, which is adopted by the IEEE1588 server to transmit clock signals.

Independent Synchronous Ethernet Clock


When each SiteUnit of an MBTS is connected to the transport network by using its own FE/GE
transmission link and the transport network supports the synchronous Ethernet clock, each
SiteUnit obtains synchronized Ethernet clock signals carried on its own FE/GE transmission
link from the transport network, as shown in Figure 9-5.

Figure 9-5 Independent synchronous Ethernet clock

Independent BITS Reference Clock


If a SiteUnit of an MBTS is configured with a USCU board and the BITS clock port on the
USCU board is used to receive BITS clock signals, the SiteUnit can use the BITS clock signals
independently. As shown in Figure 9-6, the GBTS is configured with a USCU board that
receives BITS clock signals.

Figure 9-6 Independent BITS reference clock (GBTS)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

Independent GPS/RGPS Reference Clock


If a SiteUnit of an MBTS is configured with a USCU board and the GPS/RGPS clock port on
the USCU board is used to receive GPS/RGPS clock signals, the SiteUnit can use the GPS/RGPS
clock signals independently. As shown in Figure 9-7, the GBTS is configured with a USCU
board that receives GPS clock signals.

Figure 9-7 Independent GPS reference clock (GBTS)

NOTE
The NodeB does not support the RGPS clock reference source.

Independent 1PPS Reference Clock


The eNodeB supports clock synchronization by using the 1 pulse per second (1PPS) reference
clock. It obtains 1PPS and time of day (TOD) clock signals by using the 1PPS+TOD port on the
USCU board, as shown in Figure 9-8. 1PPS signals are used for precise timekeeping and time
measurement, while TOD signals transfer such information as time, types of reference clocks,
and working status of reference clocks.

Figure 9-8 Independent 1PPS reference clock (eNodeB)

9.2 Common Reference Clock Mode


When the MBTS works in common reference clock mode, two SiteUnits share the same external
reference clock source.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

NOTE

l The main control boards of two SiteUnits of an MBTS must be installed in the same BBU to achieve external
reference clock source sharing. If an MBTS works in GU+L mode, only the GBTS and NodeB can share an
external reference clock source. The external reference clock source cannot be shared between the GBTS
and the eNodeB or between the NodeB and the eNodeB.
l Currently, only the frequency synchronization method is supported for two SiteUnits to share an external
reference clock source.

Common E1/T1 Reference Clock


When a SiteUnit of an MBTS connects to the transport network by using an E1/T1 transmission
link and clock signals are carried on the link, another SiteUnit can share the clock signals. In
this case, another SiteUnit can be configured with a PEER clock source when the peer SiteUnit
is configured with an E1/T1 clock source.
Figure 9-9 shows that the GBTS obtains E1/T1 clock signals from an E1/T1 port on the GTMU
board and the NodeB shares the E1/T1 clock signals.

Figure 9-9 Common E1/T1 reference clock

If two SiteUnits both connect to the transport network through E1/T1 transmission links and the
SiteUnits adopt common E1/T1 reference clock mode, the upper-level clock sources of the
SiteUnits must be the same.

Common IP Reference Clock


When the MBTS uses the IEEE1588 clock source, common IP reference clock mode is
supported. In this case, one SiteUnit needs to be configured with a client and the SiteUnit can
obtain clock signals from the IEEE1588 server by connecting to the transport network with a
FE/GE transmission link. Then, another SiteUnit can be configured with a PEER clock source.
Figure 9-10 shows that the NodeB obtains clock signals from the IEEE1588 server and the
GBTS shares the clock signals.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

Figure 9-10 Common IP reference clock

NOTE
When the MBTS adopts co-transmission with IP, SiteUnits not connecting to the transport network directly do
not support the IP clock in multicast mode because SiteUnits connecting to the transport directly do not support
multicast forwarding.

Common Synchronous-Ethernet Clock


When a SiteUnit of an MBTS connects to the transport network by using an FE/GE transmission
link and the transport network supports the synchronous-Ethernet clock. In this case, another
SiteUnit can be configured with a PEER clock source when the peer SiteUnit is configured with
a synchronous-Ethernet Clock source.

Figure 9-11 shows that the NodeB obtains Ethernet clock signals by using an FE/GE
transmission link and the GBTS shares the Ethernet clock signals.

Figure 9-11 Common synchronous-Ethernet clock

Common BITS Reference Clock


When the MBTS is configured with the USCU board that is connected to an external BITS
reference clock, the external BITS clock signals are routed to the MBTS through the BITS clock
port. Each SiteUnit uses the clock signals directly through the clock channels on the backplane.
In this scenario, two SiteUnits that share the reference clock source should be configured with
this USCU board and should be configured with a BITS clock source.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 9 MBTS Clock Schemes

Figure 9-12 shows the working principle of the common BITS reference clock for the MBTS
in GU mode.

Figure 9-12 Common BITS reference clock

Common GPS Reference Clock


When the MBTS is configured with the USCU board that is connected to an external GPS
reference clock, each SiteUnit directly uses the 1PPS GPS clock signals from the USCU board
over the clock bus. The GPS clock signals are routed to the RS485 port on the main control
board of a SiteUnit and then are transmitted to the main control board of another SiteUnit through
burst. In this scenario, two SiteUnits that share the reference clock source should be configured
with this USCU board and should be configured with a GPS clock source.
Figure 9-13 shows the working principle of the common GPS reference clock for the MBTS in
GU mode.

Figure 9-13 Common GPS reference clock

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

About This Chapter

Operation and Maintenance (OM) function includes management, monitoring, and maintenance
of the software, hardware, and configuration of the MBTSs. In addition, diversified OM modes
are provided in various scenarios.

10.1 OM Modes
MBTS operation and maintenance (OM) system includes such platforms as GBTS SMT, BSC
LMT, NodeB LMT, eNodeB LMT and M2000 and provides local and remote OM for the MBTS.
10.2 Common Parts
In an MBTS, common parts are those that are managed by multiple SiteUnits or by any SiteUnit.
Based on loading control rights and the mode priority, SiteUnits manage software of common
parts and maintain them.
10.3 Configuration Management
MBTS configuration management includes initial configuration and reconfiguration. In the
initial network deployment phase, the basic MBTS data can be configured on the CME to enable
unified network deployment. After the MBTS has started running, reconfiguration can be
performed on the CME or by running MML commands to add, delete, or modify data.
10.4 Software Upgrade
The MBTS supports multiple upgrade methods in different scenarios.
10.5 Commissioning Mode
The MBTS supports multiple commissioning modes in different scenarios and commissioning
engineers can use the commissioning modes flexibly.
10.6 Alarm Management
Each SiteUnit in an MBTS independently reports alarms. Maintenance personnel can
individually manage all the SiteUnits or manage the entire MBTS as a whole.
10.7 Mode Evolution
The MBTS supports many evolution solutions in different scenarios.
10.8 Inventory and Device Documentation Management
MBTS inventory information and device documentation are managed on the M2000 to achieve
centralized and effective management.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

10.9 Maintenance Between Modes


During maintenance of an MBTS, maintenance operations must be performed carefully at each
SiteUnit because the operations may affect other SiteUnits.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 56


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

10.1 OM Modes
MBTS operation and maintenance (OM) system includes such platforms as GBTS SMT, BSC
LMT, NodeB LMT, eNodeB LMT and M2000 and provides local and remote OM for the MBTS.
l GBTS SMT: Maintenance personnel connect a PC to the GTMU board by using an Ethernet
cable and use the GBTS SMT installed on the PC to maintain devices managed by the
GBTS of the MBTS.
l BSC LMT: Maintenance personnel use the BSC LMT to maintain devices managed by the
GBTS of the MBTS remotely.
l NodeB LMT: Maintenance personnel use the NodeB LMT to maintain devices managed
by the NodeB of the MBTS. To maintain a single NodeB, maintenance personnel can locally
connect a PC where the NodeB LMT is installed to the WMPT board by using an Ethernet
cable or remotely access the NodeB through an OM channel.
l eNodeB LMT: Maintenance personnel use the eNodeB LMT to maintain devices managed
by the eNodeB of the MBTS. To maintain a single eNodeB, maintenance personnel can
locally connect a PC where the eNodeB LMT is installed to the LMPT board by using an
Ethernet cable or remotely access the eNodeB through an OM channel.
l M2000: As a network management center, the M2000 maintains multiple base stations in
a centralized manner in terms of, for example, data configuration (on the CME), alarm
monitoring, performance monitoring, software upgrade, and inventory management.
Description in this document assumes that only one network management system is used to
manage the MBTS. If two or more network management systems are used, the methods for the
MBTS OM, including alarm management, software management, inventory management,
topology management, NE health check, commissioning, software upgrade, and data
configuration, provided in this document do not apply.
Figure 10-1 shows the OM system of the MBTS.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Figure 10-1 OM system of the MBTS

SiteUnits communicate with each other internally and common parts are shared by the
corresponding SiteUnits. Maintenance personnel can operate and maintain each SiteUnit
independently by using the SMT or LMT locally or using the M2000 or LMT remotely. They
can also manage the MBTS as an integrated entity by using the M2000. The M2000 manages
the MBTS on its own interface to perform alarm management, software upgrade, data
configuration, and inventory management in a centralized manner.

10.2 Common Parts


In an MBTS, common parts are those that are managed by multiple SiteUnits or by any SiteUnit.
Based on loading control rights and the mode priority, SiteUnits manage software of common
parts and maintain them.

Common Parts and Parameters


Common parts fall into two types. One type of common parts includes those that are managed
by two or more SiteUnits, such as multi-mode RF modules working in multiple modes. The

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

other type of common parts includes those that can be managed by any SiteUnit, such as
monitoring devices.

Table 10-1 provides common parts in an MBTS and related management methods.

Table 10-1 Common parts in an MBTS and related management methods

Common Parts Management Method

Multi-mode RF modules Bilateral management (mandatory): they are managed by


working in multiple modes SiteUnits that are chosen on the basis of the working mode of
the modules.
For example, a multi-mode RF module working in GU mode is
managed by a GBTS and a NodeB.

BBU3900 subracks; Bilateral management (mandatory): They are managed by two


UPEU, UEIU, and FAN in SiteUnits whose main control boards are installed in the same
a BBU BBU as the UPEU, UEIU, and FAN boards.

Local monitoring devices Unilateral management: they are managed by one SiteUnit
(monitoring devices whose main control board is installed in the same BBU as the
connected to the BBU, devices.
including the PMU, TCU, NOTE
FMU, and EMU) l When monitoring boards are managed by only one SiteUnit, the
following functions fail: Energy Saving, Smart TRX, and
controlling fan speed by the main control board.
l Monitoring devices are all connected to BBU0 and are managed by
one SiteUnit whose main control board is installed in BBU0.

Remote monitoring devices Unilateral management (only):


(monitoring devices l If RRUs work in a single mode, remote monitoring devices
connected to RRUs) are managed by the SiteUnit that also manages these RRUs.
For example, if RRUs work in the GSM mode, such devices
RET antennas
are managed by the GBTS.
l If RRUs work in multiple modes, remote monitoring
devices are managed by one of the SiteUnits that also
manage these RRUs. For example, if RRUs work in the GU
mode, such devices are managed by the GBTS.

USCU Bilateral or unilateral management


l Bilateral management: it is managed by two SiteUnits
whose main control boards are installed in the same BBU
as the USCU board. Note that the two SiteUnits must have
the same clock source type.
l Unilateral management: it is managed by one SiteUnit
whose main control board is installed in the same BBU as
the UCIU board. Note that this SiteUnit must be configured
with a clock source type that matches the clock signals
received by the USCU board. For other SiteUnits, their
clock source type is PEER.

Cabinet Bilateral management (mandatory): It is managed by all the


SiteUnits that are installed in the same cabinet.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Parameters of bilaterally managed common parts are common parameters. All SiteUnits
involved must have the same configurations for these parameters. Otherwise, a configuration
conflict alarm will be generated.
For unilaterally managed common parts, users can choose a SiteUnit according to onsite
conditions. For details, see the following:
l For a newly deployed MBTS, the GBTS is highly recommended, which is followed by the
NodeB. The eNodeB is fairly recommended. For example, in a GU dual-mode base station,
the GBTS is recommended.
l For a base station to be evolved, the original mode is recommended. For example, a base
station is evolved from a single mode base station to a GU dual-mode base station, the
GBTS is recommended.

Loading Control Rights


If a SiteUnit of an MBTS has loading control rights, the SiteUnit has software management
rights over common parts. In addition, the software versions of common parts must be consistent
with the software version of the SiteUnit. For example, a user grants loading control rights to
the GBTS of a GU dual-mode base station. In this case, the GBTS has the software management
rights over GU common parts and therefore the software version of the GU common parts must
be consistent with that in the software package of the GBTS. Currently, loading control rights
take effect on RF modules working in dual mode and the USCU board only.
Parameters associated with loading control rights consist of Control Flag, Effect Immediately
Flag, Self Version, Peer Version, and Mode. Description of these elements is provided in Table
10-2. For configuration methods, see the MML Command Reference. The local end indicates a
SiteUnit that is setting loading control rights while the peer end indicates another SiteUnit that
is involved in the operation. For example, when loading control rights are being set by the GBTS
of a GU dual-mode base station, the GBTS is the local end while the NodeB is the peer end.

Table 10-2 Parameters associated with loading control rights


Parameter Description Remarks

Control Flag Whether the local end has -


loading control rights

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Parameter Description Remarks

Effect Whether the setting of loading l If this parameter is set to YES(Effect


Immediately control rights takes effect Immediately), software of common
Flag immediately parts will be updated immediately after
the SET BTSLOADCTRL (GSM) or
SET LOADCTRL (UMTS and LTE)
command is executed.
l If this parameter is set to NO(Effect
Later), software of common parts will
not be updated immediately after the
SET BTSLOADCTRL or SET
LOADCTRL command is executed.
Instead, the software will be updated
with the next software update
performed at one end that is granted
with loading control rights.

Self Version Software version at the local The software versions at both the local end
end after the setting of loading and the peer end should be considered
control rights takes effect jointly to ensure that the setting of loading
control rights can take effect.
Peer Version The software version at the
For example, a user sets Self Version to A
peer end after the setting of
and Peer Version to B at the GBTS of a GU
loading control rights takes
dual-mode base station. In this case, the
effect
setting of loading control rights takes effect
when the software versions of the GBTS
and NodeB are A and B respectively.

Mode Mode information of common For a triple-mode base station, loading


parts for which the setting of control rights need to be set separately in
loading control rights takes different mode combinations. For example,
effect. This parameter can be at the GBTS of a triple-mode base station,
set to GU, GL, or UL. the loading control rights of GU and GL
For example, if it is set to GU, common parts should be set separately.
the setting of loading control
rights takes effect for GU
common parts only.

For each mode combination, users can set a maximum of two different loading control right
records. Two records correspond to two software version combinations in each mode
combination. One software version is the live combination while the other is the combination
after upgrade. For example, the live version of GBTS of a GU dual-mode base station is A1
while the target version is A2; the live version of NodeB is B1 while the target version is B2. In
this case, users can set two loading control right records for two software version combinations
(A1B1 and A2B2) respectively.

The last loading control right setting takes effect if two SiteUnits are granted with loading control
rights in the same software version combination. The last loading control right setting also takes
effect if neither of the SiteUnits is set to be granted with loading control rights. For example, at
a GU dual-mode base station:

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

l It is NodeB that has loading control rights in combination A1B1 if GBTS is granted with
the rights first and NodeB is granted with the rights later.
l It is GBTS that has loading control rights in combination A1B1 if, based on data
configurations, GBTS is not granted with the rights first and NodeB is not granted with the
rights later.
An Inter-System Control Rights Conflict alarm will be generated if loading control rights are
not configured on two SiteUnits in the same software combination.
Loading control rights need to be specified, modified, or pre-specified in the following scenarios:
l Loading control rights need to be reconfigured upon MBTS upgrade.
l Loading control rights need to be reconfigured if loading control right conflicts arise.
None of the SiteUnits of an MBTS manages software of common parts if the following
configuration conflicts arise and each SiteUnit works in non-engineering mode.
l The cabinet, subrack, and slot information of a common part are different among all
SiteUnits.
l The working mode of a common part is different among all SiteUnits. For example, if a
multi-mode RF module is set to work in GU mode at the GBTS but it is set to work in UO
mode at the NodeB, neither the GBTS nor the NodeB manages software of the module.

Mode Priority
For bilaterally managed common parts, their alarms, configuration data, device status, and
inventory information that are reported by each SiteUnit must be filtered and combined. The
mode priority determines which SiteUnit's reported data is to be considered by the entire base
station.
Users can set an MBTS's mode priority on the M2000. In a GUL triple-mode base station, GSM
has the highest mode priority while LTE has the lowest mode priority. In such a case, for common
parts managed by both the GBTS and NodeB and common parts managed by both the GBTS
and eNodeB, the data reported by the GBTS is to be considered by the base station. For common
parts managed by both the NodeB and eNodeB, the data reported by the NodeB is to be
considered by the base station.
The mode priority setting takes effect not only for a single base station but also for all devices
managed by the M2000 in the live network. Therefore, all the devices managed by the M2000
have the same mode priority setting.

10.3 Configuration Management


MBTS configuration management includes initial configuration and reconfiguration. In the
initial network deployment phase, the basic MBTS data can be configured on the CME to enable
unified network deployment. After the MBTS has started running, reconfiguration can be
performed on the CME or by running MML commands to add, delete, or modify data.
Figure 10-2 shows the MBTS configuration management.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Figure 10-2 MBTS configuration management

MBTS configuration data includes the unique data of each SiteUnit and the data of common
parts.

l The method for configuring the unique data of each SiteUnit is the same as that for a single-
mode base station.
l Common Part and Management Method provides the principles for configuring the data
of common parts. Unilaterally managed common parts need to be configured only on one
SiteUnit. Bilaterally managed common parts must be configured on two related SiteUnits,
which must have the consistent settings for common parameters.

Initial Configuration
In the initial network deployment phase, the basic MBTS data can be configured on the CME
after hardware of the MBTS has been installed and the MBTS has gained access to the M2000
successfully. Once the initial configuration is complete, the MBTS starts to function and provide
basic services.

One-site configuration can be performed on a GU/GL dual-mode base station by using the CME.
There are two configuration methods available, as described in Table 10-3. For details, see the
MBTS Initial Configuration.

Table 10-3 Initial configuration method

Configuration Usage Scenario Configuration Procedure


Method

Based on the GUI Deployment of a single site Shown in Figure 10-3.


wizard

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Configuration Usage Scenario Configuration Procedure


Method

Based on the data Deployment of batches of sites Shown in Figure 10-4.


planning template

Figure 10-3 Initial configuration procedure (based on the GUI wizard)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Figure 10-4 Initial configuration procedure (based on the data planning template)

The method for configuring the unique data of each SiteUnit is the same as that for a single-
mode base station. Data of common parts needs to be configured once only.
Characteristics of MBTS configuration are as follows, including functions of the CME available
for MBTS configuration:
l A network carrier can specify mapping between SiteUnits of an MBTS.
l The CME supports one-site configuration and configuration data consistency check.
– Unique data of each SiteUnit is checked on the basis of check rules of each NE to ensure
that the data is correct.
– Each SiteUnit must have the correct configuration for a cabinet, subrack, or slot to
prevent configuration conflicts.
– Data of Bilaterally managed common parts is checked on the basis of mode priorities
specified by network carriers and of check rules specified for the common device data.
If parameter configurations of the common parts are found to be inconsistent between
two SiteUnits, the CME modifies configuration data automatically based on the mode
priority setting.
l The CME provides an MBTS device panel view, supports unified addition or deletion of
cabinets and boards, and enables unified modification of common parameters.

Reconfiguration
Reconfiguration includes data addition, data removal, and data modification after the MBTS has
started functioning. MBTS reconfiguration can be performed on the LMT by running MML
commands or on the CME. Operations on the CME are recommended. During reconfiguration,

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

it is recommended that network carriers check configuration data consistency manually to ensure
that parameter configurations of the common parts are consistent between SiteUnits.
Table 10-4 describes usage scenarios of reconfiguration.

Table 10-4 Usage scenario of reconfiguration


Scenario Remarks

Network Network performance is adjusted and optimized on the basis of the system
optimization operation data that is obtained during network operation by means of
performance measurement and drive test.

Feature Key parameters of optional features are configured to activate the features.
configuration For details, see the SingleRAN Feature Activation Guide.

Capacity Hardware is added to the live network or configurations are modified. This
expansion enables the system to provide services for more users. For details, see the
SingleRAN Reconfiguration. The configuration method, based on the GUI
wizard, supports only capacity expansion from a single-mode base station
to a dual-mode base station. Figure 10-5 shows the corresponding
configuration procedure. The other method, based on the data planning
template, supports capacity expansion from a dual-mode base station to a
triple-mode base station. Figure 10-6 shows the corresponding
configuration procedure.

Figure 10-5 Configuration procedure for capacity expansion (based on the GUI wizard)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Figure 10-6 Configuration procedure for capacity expansion (based on the data planning
template)

10.4 Software Upgrade


The MBTS supports multiple upgrade methods in different scenarios.

Table 10-5 lists methods for upgrading MBTS software in different scenarios. For details, see
the corresponding Upgrade Guide.

Table 10-5 MBTS software upgrade

Upgrade Scenario Upgrade Platform

Upgrading the GBTS l M2000


independently l Local BSC6900 LMT
l Local SMT

Upgrading the NodeB l M2000


independently l Local NodeB LMT

Upgrading the eNodeB l M2000


independently l Local eNodeB LMT

Upgrading the GBTS and NodeB M2000


simultaneously

Upgrading the GBTS and eNodeB M2000


simultaneously

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Upgrade Scenario Upgrade Platform

Upgrading the NodeB and eNodeB M2000


simultaneously

Upgrading the GBTS, NodeB, and M2000


eNodeB simultaneously

NOTE
During a one-sided upgrade, start event of common parts can be reported only by the SiteUnit that is being
upgraded.

Version match check, loading control right setting, partial upgrade check are performed on the
M2000 automatically, which simplifies the upgrade procedure. Therefore, upgrading remotely
on the M2000 is recommended. Upgrade locally on the LMT or SMT if you encounter any
problems when upgrading on the M2000 such as transmission faults occur, the M2000 is faulty
or not installed, or the base station is commissioned locally.
When upgrading an MBTS, pay attention to the following restrictions:
l In co-module scenario, software of all SiteUnits must be upgraded together.
l In co-cabinet scenario, software of one SiteUnit can be upgraded independently. Services
of another SiteUnit will be disrupted if the base station works in co-transmission mode and
the SiteUnit to be upgraded provides an outgoing port used for transmission sharing.
l For a triple-mode base station, software versions of three SiteUnits must be of V100R004.
l During rollback, it is recommended that software of SiteUnits be rolled back together to
ensure that software versions of the SiteUnits match after rollback. That is, if software of
two SiteUnits is upgraded together, the software of the SiteUnites must be rolled back
together as well. Rollback will not be allowed if rollback is performed on the M2000 and
software versions of SiteUnits after rollback do not match.
l If upgrade is started from V100R004, loading control rights are set at the base station
automatically. If upgrade is started from a version earlier than V100R004 and it is
performed on the M2000, loading control rights are set on the M2000 automatically. If the
upgrade is not performed on the M2000, loading control rights must be set manually.

10.5 Commissioning Mode


The MBTS supports multiple commissioning modes in different scenarios and commissioning
engineers can use the commissioning modes flexibly.

Commissioning Scenario
Table 10-6 lists MBTS commissioning scenarios.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Table 10-6 MBTS commissioning scenario

NE Relevant Information Remarks

Dual-mode Services of only one The base station is deployed as a multi-mode base
base station SiteUnit are provided station. Due to resource insufficiency and other
(GU/GL/ when the base station is factors, however, services of only one SiteUnit are
UL) deployed. provided.

Services of two SiteUnits The base station is deployed as a multi-mode base


are provided when the station and services of two SiteUnits are provided.
base station is deployed.

Services of one SiteUnit Services of one SiteUnit have been provided and
have been provided and services of the other SiteUnit are not provided
services of the other currently.
SiteUnit will be provided
in the near future.

Triple- l GU+L Commission a dual-mode base station and a single-


mode base l GL+U mode base station separately based on the mode
station combination. For dual-mode base stations, see the
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Commissioning Guide. For single-mode base
stations, see the Commissioning Guide of the
corresponding single-mode base station.

Commissioning Mode
Different commissioning modes should be used according to the actual situation.
Table 10-7 describes the commissioning mode used in a scenario where services of only one
SiteUnit are provided during the deployment of an MBTS. For details, see the 3900 Series Multi-
Mode Base Station Commissioning Guide.

Table 10-7 Services of only one SiteUnit are provided when a base station is deployed

Scenario Operation

The base station works in co-transmission 1. Configure transmission data of the


mode and the SiteUnit whose services are SiteUnit that is connected to the transport
provided is not connected to the transport network directly.
network directly. 2. Commission the SiteUnit whose services
need to be provided by referring to the
method for commissioning a single-
mode base station.

l The base station does The base station 1. Configure device data of the BBU and
not work in co- works in GU or main control board of the SiteUnit whose
transmission mode. GL mode and services are not provided currently and
l The base station works GSM services import the configuration file into the
in co-transmission are already main control board of this SiteUnit.
provided.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Scenario Operation
mode and the SiteUnit The base station 2. Manually shield alarms that do not affect
whose services have works in UL services and commissioning of the
been provided is mode and SiteUnit whose services have been
connected to the services of only provided.
transport network one SiteUnit are 3. Commission the SiteUnit whose services
directly. provided need to be provided by referring to the
currently. method for commissioning a single-
mode base station.

The base station 1. Manually shield alarms that do not affect


works in GU or services and commissioning of the
GL mode and SiteUnit whose services have been
only UMTS or provided.
LTE services are 2. Commission the SiteUnit whose services
provided need to be provided by referring to the
currently. method for commissioning a single-
mode base station.

Table 10-8 describes the commissioning mode used in a scenario where services of two SiteUnits
are provided or where services of only one SiteUnit are provided. For details, see the 3900 Series
Multi-Mode Base Station Commissioning Guide.

NOTE
When services of one SiteUnit has been provided normally while services of the other SiteUnit need to be
provided, manually unshield the shielded alarms before commissioning.

Table 10-8 Services of two SiteUnits or only one SiteUnit are provided during the deployment
of an MBTS
Tool Operation

USB 1. Upgrade software of the base station and download data configuration
NOTE files.
The security of 2. Observe LED indicators on boards and check whether hardware of the
the USB loading
base station functions properly.
port is ensured
by encryption.

l GBTS SMT 1. Upgrade software of the base station and download data configuration
l NodeB/ files.
eNodeB 2. Observe LED indicators on boards and check whether hardware of the
LMT base station functions properly.
3. Commission the base station to ensure that transport links function
properly.

M2000 Perform overall commissioning on the base station using the plug-and-play
function of the M2000.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 70


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operation personnel can complete commissioning on the M2000 remotely or through the
collaboration with local engineers.

10.6 Alarm Management


Each SiteUnit in an MBTS independently reports alarms. Maintenance personnel can
individually manage all the SiteUnits or manage the entire MBTS as a whole.

Figure 10-7 shows MBTS alarm management. For details, see the 3900 Series Multi-Mode Base
Station Alarm Reference.

Figure 10-7 MBTS alarm management

As shown in the preceding figure, the GBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB report unique and common
alarms independently and common alarms are reported with mode information such as GU
common alarms and GUL common alarms. Maintenance personnel can individually manage the
GBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB using the GBTS SMT, NodeB LMT, and eNodeB LMT,
respectively. Alternatively, they can centrally or independently manage MBTS alarms using the
M2000. When centrally managing MBTS alarms, the M2000 combines and filters alarms
reported by each SiteUnit based on the user-defined mode priority and provides one alarm view
only.

Alarm Type
Each SiteUnit in an MBTS reports unique and common alarms.

l Unique alarms: These alarms are unique to a SiteUnit. Generation causes and processing
mechanisms are the same as those for a single-mode base station.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

l Common alarms: These alarms, related to bilaterally managed common parts, include
alarms that are generated because of device faults and alarms that are generated because
of common parts' parameter configuration conflicts.
NOTE

l For unilaterally managed common parts, only the SiteUnit that manage these common parts can see the
alarms of them . Alarms reported by unilaterally managed common parts may affect the operation of other
SiteUnits. On the Browse Current Alarm tab page, the Additional Information column lists the
RAT_INFO and AFFECTED_INFO information. With the information, maintenance personnel can know
the mode information about the base station where the alarm is generated and the modes that are affected
by the alarm.
l User-defined alarms specific to bilaterally managed common parts must be configured on all SiteUnits that
manage these common parts. In addition, all these SiteUnits must have the same configuration for these
alarms. Otherwise, a configuration conflict alarm will be generated.
l If conflicts occur in common parameter configurations, multiple relevant alarms will be generated.
Therefore, configuration conflict alarms must be handled preferentially.

Figure 10-8 shows the Browse Current Alarm tab page of the M2000.
l NE Type: indicates the SiteUnit that reports the current alarm.
l Common Alarm Identifier: indicates whether the current alarm is a common alarm. If the
value is NA, the current alarm is a unique alarm. Otherwise, the current alarm is a common
alarm.
l Additional Information: RAT_INFO indicates the mode information about the base
station where the alarm is generated and AFFECTED_INFO indicates the modes that are
affected by the alarm. For example, if the value for RAT_INFO is GUL and the value for
AFFECTED_INFO is GU, the alarm is generated on a GUL triple-mode base station and
this alarm affects the GSM and UMTS modes.

Figure 10-8 Browse Current Alarm tab page of the M2000

Management Method
Maintenance personnel can individually manage all SiteUnits in an MBTS or manage the entire
MBTS as a whole. For details, see Table 10-9.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Table 10-9 Alarm management method

Alarm Tool Description


Management
Method

Individually SMT/ The alarm management method is the same as that for a single-
managing all LMT mode base station.
SiteUnits in an
MBTS M2000 The alarm management method is the same as that for a single-
mode base station.

Managing the M2000 The M2000 exports only one alarm view, which includes
MBTS as a common alarms and each SiteUnit's unique alarms.
whole l For each SiteUnit's unique alarms, the method for managing
the alarms is the same as that for a single-mode base station.
l The M2000 combines and filters common alarms reported
by each SiteUnit based on the user-defined mode priority
and provides one alarm view only. This prevents some
alarms from being repeatedly reported.

When using the M2000 to manage alarms, pay attention to the following:

l When setting parameters of common alarms, you must repeat the operation on all SiteUnits
involved. Such parameters include alarm masking, alarm severity, alarm query, alarm
clearance, and so on. Enabling the settings on one SiteUnit to take effect on the other
SiteUnits is not allowed.
l When confirming or clearing a common alarm, you must repeat the operation on all
SiteUnits involved because the confirming or clearance only takes effect on the current
SiteUnit. For example, both a GBTS and NodeB report a common alarm. Based on the
mode priority, the M2000 displays only the alarm reported by the GBTS. After the alarm
is confirmed or cleared, the alarm is removed from the GBTS. However, on the NodeB,
the alarm remains unconfirmed and therefore it persists.

Mechanism for Handling Engineering Alarms


When a base station is being deployed, upgraded, or commissioned, engineering operations
cause some network elements (NEs) to being abnormal for a short period and as a result a large
number of alarms are generated. This also occurs when the base station is under capacity
expansion. All the generated alarms are called engineering alarms. Engineering alarms are
automatically cleared after engineering operations are complete and therefore no operations are
required. It is recommended that all NEs involved be set to work in engineering mode before
any engineering operation is performed to mask engineering alarms. This avoids interfering
network monitoring.

After the SiteUnits involved enter engineering mode, the mechanism for handling engineering
alarms works as follows:

l For SiteUnits working in engineering mode, their alarms are reported as engineering alarms.
l For SiteUnits working in non-engineering mode:
– Unique alarms are reported according to the normal procedure.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

– The alarms that are generated because of common parts' parameter configuration
conflicts is not reported if a relevant SiteUnit is working in engineering mode. It is
reported according to the normal procedure if none of the relevant SiteUnits is working
in engineering mode.

For example, when the GBTS of a GU dual-mode base station is working in engineering mode
while the NodeB is working in non-engineering mode, all the alarms generated at the GBTS are
reported as engineering alarms. In addition, the NodeB's unique alarms are reported according
to the normal procedure but alarms that are generated because of common parts' parameter
configuration conflicts are not reported.

10.7 Mode Evolution


The MBTS supports many evolution solutions in different scenarios.

Table 10-10 lists different mode evolution solutions. For details, see the 3900 Series Multi-Mode
Base Station Standards Evolution Guide.

Table 10-10 Typical evolution scenarios

Scenario Evolution Remarks


Scenario

Single- GO->GU In this scenario, GSM single-mode is evolved into GU dual-


mode to mode. Before evolution, only GSM services are provided.
dual- After evolution, GSM and UMTS services are both
mode provided.

UO->GU In this scenario, UMTS single-mode is evolved into GU


dual-mode. Before evolution, only UMTS services are
provided. After evolution, GSM and UMTS services are
both provided.

GO->GL In this scenario, GSM single-mode is evolved into GL dual-


mode. Before evolution, only GSM services are provided.
After evolution, GSM and LTE services are both provided.

UO->UL In this scenario, UMTS single-mode is evolved into UL


dual-mode. Before evolution, only UMTS services are
provided. After evolution, UMTS and LTE services are
both provided.

Dual- GU->UO In this scenario, GU dual-mode is evolved into UMTS


mode to single-mode and therefore GSM cells are out of service.
single-
mode GL->LO In this scenario, GL dual-mode is evolved into LTE single-
mode and therefore GSM cells are out of service.

UL->LO In this scenario, UL dual-mode is evolved into LTE single-


mode and therefore UMTS cells are out of service.

Dual- GU->GU+L In this scenario, GU dual-mode is evolved into GUL triple-


mode to mode. Before evolution, only GSM and UMTS services are
triple- provided. After evolution, GSM, UMTS, and LTE services
mode are all provided.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Scenario Evolution Remarks


Scenario

GL->GL+U In this scenario, GL dual-mode is evolved into GUL triple-


mode. Before evolution, only GSM and LTE services are
provided. After evolution, GSM, UMTS, and LTE services
are all provided.

Triple- GU+L->UO+LO In this scenario, GUL triple-mode is evolved into UL dual-


mode to mode and therefore GSM cells are out of service.
dual-
mode GL+U->LO+UO In this scenario, GUL triple-mode is evolved into UL dual-
mode and therefore GSM cells are out of service.

GU+L->GO+LO In this scenario, GUL triple-mode is evolved into GL dual-


mode and therefore UMTS cells are out of service.

GL+U->GL In this scenario, GUL triple-mode is evolved into GL dual-


mode and therefore UMTS cells are out of service.

MBTS mode evolution involves preparation before evolution, recording alarms, setting NEs to
work in engineering mode, upgrading software, adjusting data, adjusting hardware, setting
binding relations between SiteUnits, commissioning, and setting NEs to work in normal mode.
l Preparation before evolution: In this step, ensure that hardware and matching software
required during evolution are ready and that each related NE and network management
device are ready.
l Recording alarms: In this step, record alarms generated on the base station for the
comparison before and after evolution to ensure that no new alarm is generated after
evolution.
l Setting NEs to work in engineering mode: In this step, set a SiteUnit to work in engineering
mode on the M2000 and shield engineering alarms to improve network operation and
maintenance efficiency.
l Upgrading software: In this step, upgrade software of the base station according to the
actual situation to ensure that software versions are matching with each other.
l Adjusting data: In this step, adjust configuration data of the base station to meet the actual
requirements.
l Adjusting hardware: In this step, adjust physical devices and connections of the base station
to meet the actual requirements.
l Setting binding relations between SiteUnits: In this step, set binding relations between
SiteUnits on the M2000 to set up an MBTS.
l Commissioning: In this step, commission the MBTS to ensure that it can work properly
after evolution.
l Setting NEs to work in normal mode: In this step, set NEs to work in normal mode on the
M2000 to ensure that alarms are reported according to the normal procedure.

10.8 Inventory and Device Documentation Management


MBTS inventory information and device documentation are managed on the M2000 to achieve
centralized and effective management.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 75


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Inventory Management
Inventory management involves the logical inventory management (configuration information
management) and physical inventory management (asset management).
l The logical inventory management manages logical inventory objects, including cells and
versions.
l The physical inventory management manages physical inventory objects, including racks,
subracks, slots, boards, ports, antennas, and optical modules.
Figure 10-9 shows the MBTS inventory management.

Figure 10-9 MBTS inventory management

Each SiteUnit of an MBTS independently reports its own inventory data, which covers inventory
information about bilaterally managed common parts and this SiteUnit's unique inventory
information including inventory information about unilaterally managed common parts.
On the M2000, each SiteUnit's inventory data can be viewed and exported. All SiteUnits' data
can also be combined on the M2000 and an inventory document covering the data is generated.
The M2000 combines all SiteUnits' data on a mode priority basis.

Device Documentation Management


Each SiteUnit of an MBTS performs device documentation management independently and
sends a document recording device information to the M2000 separately. After all SiteUnits
send their documents to the M2000, these documents are compressed into a file. Then, a tool is

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

used to combine these documents into an MBTS device document for the Customer Equipment
Archives System (CEAS) to process the document.

10.9 Maintenance Between Modes


During maintenance of an MBTS, maintenance operations must be performed carefully at each
SiteUnit because the operations may affect other SiteUnits.

Maintenance Operations Simultaneously Performed at All SiteUnits


Some maintenance operations must be performed at all SiteUnits of an MBTS at the same time.
For details, see Table 10-11.

Table 10-11 Maintenance operations that must be simultaneously performed at all SiteUnits
Operat GSM UMTS LTE Remarks
ion

Blockin l MML: SET l MML: BLK MML: BLK l To block an RF


g GTRXADMST BRD BRD module that carries
carriers AT l LMT: See the services of two
or RF l SMT: See section modes, block the
module section Managing RF module at two
s Managing RCs NodeB corresponding
> Changing the Equipment > SiteUnits.
RC NodeB l Blocking RF
Management Board-Level modules can be
State in the SMT Operations > performed at the
User Guide or Blocking/ NodeB or eNodeB.
DBS3900 GSM Unblocking At the GBTS, this
Site a NodeB operation is not
Maintenance Board in the supported but
Terminal User NodeB LMT carriers of RF
Guide. User Guide. modules can be
l LMT: See blocked.
section BTS
Maintenance >
Modifying
Administrative
State in the
BSC6900 GSM
LMT User
Guide.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 77


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Remarks


ion

Blockin l MML: SET MML: BLK MML: BLK A dual-mode RF


g cells GCELLADMS LOCELL CELL module does not
TAT transmit power when
l SMT: See the related cell is
section blocked at the
Managing Cells corresponding
> Changing the SiteUnits.
Cell
Management
State in the SMT
User Guide or
DBS3900 GSM
Site
Maintenance
Terminal User
Guide.
l LMT: See
section BTS
Maintenance >
Modifying
Administrative
State in the
BSC6900 GSM
LMT User
Guide.
TIP
Before blocking a
cell, you can run the
MML command
LST GCELL to
query the
configuration
information about
the cells under the
base station.

Maintenance Operations That May Affect Services of Other SiteUnits


When some maintenance operations are performed at one SiteUnit, services of other SiteUnits
may be affected. For details, see Table 10-12.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 78


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Table 10-12 Maintenance operations that may affect services of other SiteUnits
Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact
ion

Setting MML: SET MML: SET MML: SET l The software of a


loading BTSLOADCTRL LOADCTRL LOADCTRL common part can be
control loaded and
rights upgraded at the
mode that has
loading control
rights.
l When a multi-mode
base station works
in co-module mode,
services at the peer
end may be
interrupted if the
software of RF
modules needs to be
upgraded and Effect
Immediately Flag is
set to Yes.

Activati MML: ACT BTS N/A N/A In any of the following


ng a scenarios, activating a
base base station on the local
station end interrupts services
on the peer end:
l RF modules serve
multiple modes.
l The base station
adopts TDM-based
co-transmission,
and the local end
provides a co-
transmission port.

Deactiv MML: DEA BTS N/A N/A In any of the following


ating a scenarios, deactivating
base a base station on the
station local end interrupts
services on the peer
end:
l RF modules serve
multiple modes.
l The base station
adopts TDM-based
co-transmission,
and the local end
provides a co-
transmission port.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact


ion

Activati l MML: ACT MML: ACT MML: ACT l If the local end has
ng the BTSSW SOFTWARE SOFTWARE loading control
base l SMT: See rights, activating
station section software of RF
softwar Managing modules serving
e Sites > multiple modes on
Activating the local end
Software in the interrupts the peer
SMT User end's services that
Guide or are also carried over
DBS3900 GSM these RF modules.
Site l When an MBTS
Maintenance adopts co-
Terminal User transmission and
Guide. the local end
l LMT: See BTS provides a co-
Maintenance > transmission port,
Activating BTS activating software
Software in the of the board
BSC6900 GSM providing the co-
LMT User transmission port on
Guide. the local end
interrupts services
on the peer end.

Rolling MML: RBK MML: RBK MML: RBK l If the local end has
back the BTSSW SOFTWARE SOFTWARE loading control
base rights, rolling back
station the base station
softwar software on the
e local end interrupts
the peer end's
services that are
carried over RF
modules serving
multiple modes.
l If an MBTS adopts
co-transmission and
the local end
provides a co-
transmission port,
rolling back the
base station
software on the
local end interrupts
services on the peer
end.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact


ion

Resettin l MML: RST MML: RST MML: RST l If RF modules serve


g a base BTS NODEB ENODEB multiple modes,
station l SMT: See resetting a base
section station on the local
Managing end interrupts the
Sites > peer end's services
Resetting a Site carried over these
Hierarchically RF modules.
in the SMT User l If an MBTS adopts
Guide or co-transmission and
DBS3900 GSM the local end
Site provides a co-
Maintenance transmission port,
Terminal User resetting an MBTS
Guide. on the local end
l LMT: See interrupts services
section BTS on the peer end.
Maintenance > l During an MBTS
Resetting the reset, common part
BTS by Levels startups can be
in the BSC6900 detected by the
GSM LMT User related managing
Guide. SiteUnits.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact


ion

Resettin l MML: RST l MML: RST MML: RST l Resetting a main


ga BTSBRD BRD BRD control board: See
board l SMT: See the l LMT: See Table 10-13.
SMT User section l Resetting an RF
Guide or Managing module: Resetting
DBS3900 GSM NodeB an RF module
Site Equipment serving multiple
Maintenance > NodeB modes on the local
Terminal User Board- end interrupts the
Guide. Level peer end's services
– Resetting a Operations that are also carried
board in the > Resetting over this RF
BBU: See a NodeB module.
section BBU Board in l Resetting a
Operations the NodeB transmission board:
> Resetting LMT User When an MBTS
a Board. Guide. adopts co-
– Resetting an transmission and
RF module: the local end
See section provides a co-
RFU transmission port,
Operations resetting a board
or RRU providing the co-
Operations transmission port on
> Resetting the local end
a Board. interrupts services
on the peer end.
l LMT: See
section BTS
Maintenance >
Maintaining
TRXs >
Resetting the
TRX in the
BSC6900 GSM
LMT User
Guide.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact


ion

Resettin SMT: See the SMT MML: RST MML: RST l Performing a
ga User Guide or BRDPWROF BRDPWRO power-off reset on a
board in DBS3900 GSM Site F FF main control board:
power- Maintenance See Table 10-13.
off Terminal User l Performing a
mode Guide. power-off reset on
l Resetting a an RF module:
board in the Performing a
BBU in power- power-off reset on
off mode: See an RF module
section BBU serving multiple
Operations > modes on the local
Resetting a end interrupts the
Board in peer end's services
Power-Off that are also carried
Mode. over this RF
l Resetting an RF module.
module in l Performing a
power-off power-off reset on a
mode: See transmission board:
section RFU When an MBTS
Operations or adopts co-
RRU transmission and
Operations > the local end
Resetting a provides a co-
Board in transmission port,
Power-Off performing a
Mode. power-off reset on a
transmission board
providing the co-
transmission port on
the local end
interrupts services
on the peer end.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact


ion

Starting MML: STR MML: STR MML: STR In any of the following
the BTSVSWRTEST VSWRTEST VSWRTEST scenarios, starting a
VSWR VSWR test on the local
detectio end interrupts services
n on the peer end:
l The test is
conducted on RF
modules serving
multiple modes.
l The test is
conducted on RF
modules that serve
different modes but
share antennas.

Starting l SMT: See N/A N/A If an MBTS adopts co-


the section transmission and the
transmis Managing local end provides a co-
sion Sites > Testing transmission port,
perform Transmission conducting a
ance test Performance in transmission
the SMT User performance test on the
Guide or local end interrupts
DBS3900 GSM services on the peer
Site end.
Maintenance
Terminal User
Guide.
l LMT: See
section BTS
Maintenance >
Maintaining
Site > Testing
Transmission
Performance in
the BSC6900
GSM LMT User
Guide.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact


ion

Activati N/A MML: ACT N/A In any of the following


ng the CB scenarios, activating a
configur CB on the local end
ation interrupts services on
baseline the peer end:
(CB) l RF modules serve
multiple modes.
l The base station
adopts co-
transmission, and
the local end
provides a co-
transmission port.

Rolling N/A MML: RBK N/A In any of the following


back the CB scenarios, rolling back
CB a CB on the local end
interrupts services on
the peer end:
l RF modules serve
multiple modes.
l The base station
adopts co-
transmission, and
the local end
provides a co-
transmission port.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

Operat GSM UMTS LTE Impact


ion

Starting N/A MML: STR N/A l Starting a hardware


the HWTST test on RF modules
hardwar serving multiple
e test modes on the local
end interrupts the
peer end's services
carried over these
RF modules.
l When an MBTS
adopts co-
transmission and
the local end
provides a co-
transmission port,
starting a hardware
test on a board
providing a co-
transmission port on
the local end
interrupts services
on the peer end.

Table 10-13 Impacts on other SiteUnits by resetting, performing a power-off reset on, or
removing and then inserting a main control board
CPRI Worki Operation Impact
- ng
base Mode
d of RF
Topo Modu
logy les

Dual- GU/ Resetting a l Resetting a GSM main control board


star GL main control – When GTMU software is being reset, UMTS or
board LTE CS and PS services may be interrupted.
– When GTMUb software is being reset, the data
rate of UMTS/LTE PS services may slow down,
and UMTS/LTE CS services remain unaffected.
l Resetting a UMTS or LTE main control board: When
WMPT, LMPT, or UMPT software is being reset, the
data rate of GSM PS services may slow down, and
GSM CS services remain unaffected.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 86


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 10 MBTS Operation and Maintenance

CPRI Worki Operation Impact


- ng
base Mode
d of RF
Topo Modu
logy les

Performing a l Performing a power-off reset on a GSM main control


power-off board: During a power-off reset on a GTMU or
reset on a main GTMUb board, UMTS/LTE PS and CS services may
control board be interrupted.
l Performing a power-off reset on a UMTS or LTE
main control board: During a power-off reset on a
WMPT, LMPT, or UMPT board, the data rate of
GSM PS services may slow down, and GSM CS
services remain unaffected.

Removing and l Removing and then inserting a GSM main control


then inserting board: When a GSM main control board is restarting
a main control after being uninstalled and then installed, UMTS/
board LTE PS and CS services may be interrupted.
l Removing and then inserting a UMTS or LTE main
control board: When a WMPT, LMPT, or UMPT
board is restarting after being uninstalled and then
installed, the data rate of GSM PS services may slow
down, and GSM CS services remain unaffected.

UL Resetting, Performing this operation on the UMTS or LTE side may


performing a slow down the data rate of the peer end's PS services but
power-off does not interrupt its CS services.
reset on, or
removing and
then inserting
a main control
board

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

This section describes surge protection specifications for each base station type and multi-mode
RF modules.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Surge Protection Specifications for the Ports on BTS3900


The BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets have the same surge
protection specifications, as provided in Table 11-1.

Table 11-1 Surge protection specifications of ports on the BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C),
and BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets
Port Surge Protection Specification
Mode

DC port Differential mode 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)

Common mode 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)

AC port Differential mode 5 kA

Common mode 5 kA

Surge Protection Specifications for the Ports on BTS3900L


The BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets have the same
surge protection specifications, as provided in Table 11-2.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

Table 11-2 Surge protection specifications of ports on the BTS3900L (Ver.B), BTS3900L
(Ver.C), and BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets
Port Surge Protection Specification
Mode

-48 V DC port Differential mode 1 kA

Common mode 2 kA

Surge Protection Specifications for the Ports on BTS3900A


The BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A (Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D) cabinets have the same
surge protection specifications, as provided in Table 11-3.

Table 11-3 Surge protection specifications of ports on the BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A
(Ver.C), and BTS3900A (Ver.D) cabinets
Port Usage Surge Specification
Scenario Protection
Mode

-48 V DC output port Applicable to Differential 10 kA


(to remote devices) all scenarios mode

Common mode 20 kA

-48 V DC input port Applicable to Differential 10 kA


the scenario mode
where
transmission Common mode 20 kA
cabinets,
battery
cabinets, or
BTS3900A
(DC) is used

Applicable to Differential 3 kA
the scenario mode
where only
RFCs are Common mode 5 kA
used

AC port Applicable to Differential 30 kA


the scenario mode
where some
devices are
configured
remotely or
the scenario
where
BTS3900A is

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

Port Usage Surge Specification


Scenario Protection
Mode

placed Common mode 30 kA


outdoors

Surge Protection Specifications for the Ports on BTS3900C


Table 11-4 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on a BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinet.

Table 11-4 Surge protection specifications of ports on a BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinet

Port Surge Protection Mode Specification

DC input power port Surge current Differential 10 kA


mode

Common mode 20 kA

AC input power port Surge current Differential 40 kA


mode

Common mode 40 kA

Surge Protection Specifications for the Ports on BBU3900


Table 11-5 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on BBU3900.

Table 11-5 Surge protection specifications for the ports on BBU3900

Port Usage Surge Specification


Scenario Protection
Mode

-48 V DC port Applicable to Differential 1 kA


the scenario mode
where
BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

Port Usage Surge Specification


Scenario Protection
Mode

installed Common mode 2 kA


indoors

FE/GE port Applicable to Differential 0.5 kV (1.2/50 μs)


the scenario mode
where
BBU3900 and Common mode 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are
installed
indoors
(surge)

Applicable to Differential 3 kA
the scenario mode
where some
devices are Common mode 5 kA
configured
remotely or
the scenario
where
BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are placed
outdoors
(surge
protection
board
configured)

GPS port Applicable to Differential 8 kA


the scenario mode
where some
devices are
configured
remotely or
the scenario
where
BBU3900 and
devices

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

Port Usage Surge Specification


Scenario Protection
Mode

interconnecte Common mode 40 kA


d through this
port are placed
outdoors
(surge
protection
module
configured)

RGPS port Applicable to Differential 3 kA


the scenario mode
where some
devices are Common mode 5 kA
configured
remotely or
the scenario
where
BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are placed
outdoors
(surge
protection
module
configured)

E1/T1 port Applicable to Differential 250 A


the scenario mode
where
BBU3900 and Common mode 250 A
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are
installed
indoors

Applicable to Differential 3 kA
the scenario mode
where some

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

Port Usage Surge Specification


Scenario Protection
Mode

devices are Common mode 5 kA


configured
remotely or
the scenario
where
BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are placed
outdoors
(surge
protection
board
configured)

Dry contact Applicable to Differential 250 A


the scenario mode
where
BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
dry contact are
installed
indoors

Applicable to Differential 3 kA
the scenario mode
where some
devices are Common mode 5 kA
configured
remotely or
the scenario
where
BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
dry contact are
placed
outdoors
(surge
protection
board
configured)

RS485 alarm Applicable to Differential 250 A


port the scenario mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 11 MBTS Surge Protection Specifications

Port Usage Surge Specification


Scenario Protection
Mode

where Common mode 250 A


BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are
installed
indoors

Applicable to Differential 3 kA
the scenario mode
where some
devices are Common mode 5 kA
configured
remotely or
the scenario
where
BBU3900 and
devices
interconnecte
d through this
port are placed
outdoors
(surge
protection
board
configured)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 12 MBTS Reliability

12 MBTS Reliability

The MBTS adopts a complete redundancy design, which greatly enhances system reliability.

Hardware Reliability
l Hardware reliability of the BBU3900
– The BBU3900 is equipped with built-in fans and supports redundancy configurations.
With the intelligent temperature control technology, the BBU3900 can automatically
adjust the fan speed and maintain the proper working condition of the heat dissipation
system of the BBU. In this way, the noise from the fans reduces, the fan attrition rate
slows down, and the reliability and durability of the heat dissipation system is enhanced.
In addition, the BBU3900 can control the start/shutdown of the fans and report fan-
related alarms.
– When one of the fans in the BBU3900 is faulty, the base station continues to work even
if the system temperature specification is lowered by 10°C.
– The power module is overcurrent-protected.
– The BBU3900 supports overtemperature protection. When the temperature in the BBU
is high, the BBU automatically reduces the power and/or shuts down the power
amplifier, depending on the temperature. When the temperature becomes normal, the
BBU cancels the overtemperature protection.
– The optical module is hot-swappable, thus simplifying maintenance.
– The BBU3900 provides the ports that receive the alarms related to the environment.
– The power input port on the BBU3900 is capable of preventing misconnection and
reverse connection.
l Hardware reliability of the RRU3908
– Reliability design for input power: In the case of the DC power input, the permissible
voltage range of the RRU3908 is from -36 V DC to -57 V DC. The RRU3908 is
operational even when the peak input voltage reaches -60 V DC, thus preventing
damages caused by unstable power input.
– Overtemperature protection: When the temperature in the RRU is too high due to
ambient factors, the RRU automatically enables the overtemperature protection
function. When the temperature becomes normal, the RRU automatically disables the
overtemperature protection function.
l Hardware reliability of the MRFU

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 12 MBTS Reliability

– Reliability design for input power: In the case of the DC power input, the permissible
voltage range of the MRFU is from -36 V DC to -57 V DC. The MRFU is operational
even when the peak input voltage reaches -60 V DC, thus preventing damages caused
by unstable power input.
– Overtemperature protection: When the temperature in the MRFU is too high due to
ambient factors, the MRFU automatically enables overtemperature protection. When
the temperature becomes normal, the MRFU automatically disables the
overtemperature protection.

Software Reliability
The software reliability is considered as the error tolerance capability. When a software fault
occurs, the self-healing ability protects the base station from breakdown. The error tolerance of
the BBU3900 and RRU3908/MRFU software covers the following aspects:
l Scheduled check of key resources
The base station checks software resource usage regularly. If resource deadlock occurs
because of software faults, the system can release the unavailable resources in time and
export logs and alarms.
l Parameter check
Validity check is performed on all the parameters of commands on the LMT and OMC.
The data in the configuration files is also checked upon the system startup to ensure stable
running of the system. During software running, the monitoring process monitors the task
running status. If internal software errors and hardware faults are detected, the monitoring
process reports alarms, and meanwhile attempts to restore the task by self-healing.
l Protection against software faults
Two software versions and two data versions are stored in the base station. If software
upgrade fails, the system automatically rolls the version back to the pre-upgrade one, thus
lowering the probability of onsite troubleshooting in the case of software download failures.
l Data check
The base station performs scheduled or event-triggered data consistency check and restores
the data consistency selectively or preferentially. In addition, the base station generates
related logs and alarms.
l Storage of operation logs
The base station records the operations performed during a period and stores the records
in the operation logs. When the system incurs an unknown error, the maintenance personnel
can identify the problem by tracing back to the normal status or can perform data restoration.
l Backup
The base station supports backup of transmission links.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

13 Technical Specifications

About This Chapter

This section provides technical specifications for multi-mode RF modules. For technical
specifications for single-mode RF modules, see the technical description for the single-mode
base station in question.

13.1 Technical Specifications for RFUs


This section provides technical specifications for RFUs, including supported modes, frequency
bands, RF specifications, surge protection specifications, and antenna capabilities.
13.2 Technical Specifications for RRUs
This section provides technical specifications for RRUs, including supported modes, frequency
bands, RF specifications, engineering specifications, and antenna capabilities.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

13.1 Technical Specifications for RFUs


This section provides technical specifications for RFUs, including supported modes, frequency
bands, RF specifications, surge protection specifications, and antenna capabilities.

13.1.1 DRFU Technical Specifications


The Double Radio Frequency Unit (DRFU) is an RF module based on the dual density
technology. DRFUs are installed in indoor macro base stations (such as the BTS3900 and the
BTS3900L) and the outdoor macro base station (such as TS3900A). DRFUs are usually used in
scenarios requiring medium or small capacity. A DRFU supports a maximum of two carriers.

Modes and Frequency Bands Supported by a DRFU


Table 13-1 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by a DRFU.

Table 13-1 Modes and frequency bands supported by a DRFU


Type Mode Frequency Band Receive Transmit
(MHz) Frequency Band Frequency Band
(MHz) (MHz)

DRFU GSM 900 EGSM 880 to 915 925 to 960

900 PGSM 890 to 915 935 to 960

1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880

RF Specifications
Table 13-2 lists RF specifications of a DRFU.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-2 RF specifications of a DRFU

Type Trans Capa Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


mit city Power Consum
and Receiver Receiver Receiver ption
Recei Sensitivi Sensitivi Sensitivi
ve ty with ty with ty with
Chan One Two Four
nel Antenna Antenna Antenna
s s

DRFU 2T2R 2 -113 -115.8 -118.5 DRFU Power


carrier (900 consumpt
s MHz) ion
output (DRFU
power operating
DRFU in 900
(1800 MHz
MHz) configure
output d)
power Power
consumpt
ion
(DRFU
operating
in 1800
MHz
configure
d)

NOTE

The configuration of S4 needs two DRFU modules.

Table 13-3 DRFU (900 MHz) output power

Carrier Number BCCH Carrier Output Power

1 45 W (GMSK)/30 W (8PSK)

2 45 W (GMSK)/30 W (8PSK)

4 20 W (GMSK)/14 W (8PSK)

1(PBT) 71 W (GMSK)/41 W (8PSK)

Table 13-4 DRFU (1800 MHz) output power

Carrier Number BCCH Carrier Output Power (1800 MHz)

1 40 W (GMSK)/26 W (8PSK)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Carrier Number BCCH Carrier Output Power (1800 MHz)

2 40 W (GMSK)/26 W (8PSK)

4 18 W (GMSK)/12 W (8PSK)

1 (PBT) 63 W (GMSK)/42 W (8PSK)

Table 13-5 Power consumption (DRFU operating in 900 MHz configured)

Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power


Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

BTS3900 S2/2/2, TOC = 730 1060


45 W

BTS3900A S2/2/2, TOC = 820 1190


45 W

Table 13-6 Power consumption (DRFU operating in 1800 MHz configured)

Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power


Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

BTS3900 S2/2/2, TOC = 730 1050


40 W

BTS3900A S2/2/2, TOC = 820 1190


40 W

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-7 lists the equipment specifications of a DRFU.

Table 13-7 Equipment specifications of a DRFU

Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

DRFU 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm (with the ≤12


panel)

Table 13-8 describes the surge protection specifications for DRFU ports.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-8 Surge protection specifications for DRFU ports


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Ports for Applicable Surge 250 A


cascading to all
RF modules scenarios

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 250 A


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 250 A
mode

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-9 shows antenna capabilities for a DRFU.

Table 13-9 Antenna capabilities for a DRFU


Type TMA Capability RET Antenna
Capabilities

DRFU Not supported Supports AISG1.1

NOTE

l An external BT is required if a DRFU needs to be configured with a TMA.


l For RFUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.1.2 Technical Specifications for GRFU


The GSM Radio Frequency Unit (GRFU) is an RF module based on the multi-carrier technology.
GRFUs are installed in indoor macro base stations (such as the BTS3900 and BTS3900L) and

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

the outdoor macro base station (such as TS3900A). GRFUs are usually used in scenarios
requiring large capacity. A GRFU supports a maximum of six carriers.

Modes and Frequency Bands Supported by a GRFU


Table 13-10 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by a GRFU.

Table 13-10 Modes and frequency bands supported by a GRFU


Type Mode Frequency Band Receive Transmit
(MHz) Frequency Band Frequency Band
(MHz) (MHz)

GRFU V1 GSM 1900 1850 to 1890 1930 to 1970

1870 to 1910 1950 to 1990

GRFU V2 GSM 900 PGSM 890 to 915 935 to 960

900 EGSM 880 to 915 925 to 960

1800 1710 to 1770 1805 to 1865

1725 to 1785 1820 to 1880

GRFU V2a GSM 900 EGSM 885 to 910 930 to 955

1800 1710 to 1755 1805 to 1850

RF Specifications
Table 13-11 shows RF specifications for a GRFU.

Table 13-11 RF Specifications for a GRFU


Type Trans Capaci Receiver Sensitivity Output Power
mit ty (dBm) Power Consumpti
and on
Receiv Receiver Receiver
e Sensitivity Sensitivity
Chann with One with Two
el Antenna Antennas

GRFU 1T2R 6 -113 -115.8 GRFU V1 Power


V1 carriers (1900 MHz) consumptio
output n (GRFU
power V1
operating in
1900 MHz
configured)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type Trans Capaci Receiver Sensitivity Output Power


mit ty (dBm) Power Consumpti
and on
Receiv Receiver Receiver
e Sensitivity Sensitivity
Chann with One with Two
el Antenna Antennas

GRFU l 900 l 900 GRFU V2 Power


V2 EGSM: EGSM: (900 MHz) consumptio
-113.3 -116.1 output n (GRFU
l 900 MHz l 900 MHz power V2
PGSM/ PGSM/ GRFU V2 operating in
1800 1800 (1800 MHz) 900 MHz
MHz: MHz: output configured)
-113.5 -116.3 power Power
consumptio
n (GRFU
V2
operating in
1800 MHz
configured)

GRFU -113.5 -116.3 - -


V2a

Table 13-12 GRFU V1 (1900 MHz) output power


Carrier BCCH Carrier Output Power BCCH Carrier Output Power (Power
Number (Power Sharing Disabled) Sharing Enabled)

1 60 W (GMSK)/40 W (8PSK) 60 W (GMSK)/40 W (8PSK)

2 40 W (GMSK)/26 W (8PSK) 40 W (GMSK)/26 W (8PSK)

3 27 W (GMSK)/18 W (8PSK) 31 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

4 20 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK) 27 W (GMSK)/18 W (8PSK)

5 12 W (GMSK)/8 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK)

6 10 W (GMSK)/6.6 W (8PSK) 16 W (GMSK)/10 W (8PSK)

NOTE

The maximum output power of a GRFU V1 module in the configuration of S1 is 60 W. To achieve the
maximum output power, you need to buy a license.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 103


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-13 GRFU V2 (900 MHz) output power


Carrier BCCH Carrier Output Power BCCH Carrier Output Power (Power
Number (Power Sharing Disabled) Sharing Enabled)

1 60 W (GMSK)/60 W (8PSK) 60 W (GMSK)/60 W (8PSK)

2 40 W (GMSK)/40 W (8PSK) 40 W (GMSK)/40 W (8PSK)

3 27 W (GMSK)/27 W (8PSK) 31 W (GMSK)/31 W (8PSK)

4 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK) 27 W (GMSK)/27 W (8PSK)

5 16 W (GMSK)/16 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

6 12 W (GMSK)/12 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

NOTE

l The maximum output power of a GRFU V2 module in the configuration of S1 is 60 W. To achieve the
maximum output power, you need to buy a license.
l After design optimization, GRFU V2 modules with the configuration of S1 to S3 have the same output
power no matter they use the Gaussian minimum shift-frequency keying (GMSK) or 8 phase shift
keying (8PSK) modulation scheme.
l With the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature, GRFU V2 modules with the
configuration of S4 to S6 can also have the same output power no matter they use the GMSK or 8PSK
modulation scheme.

Table 13-14 GRFU V2 (1800 MHz) output power


Carrier BCCH Carrier Output Power BCCH Carrier Output Power (Power
Number (Power Sharing Disabled) Sharing Enabled)

1 60 W (GMSK)/40 W (8PSK) 60 W (GMSK)/40 W (8PSK)

2 40 W (GMSK)/26 W (8PSK) 40 W (GMSK)/26 W (8PSK)

3 27 W (GMSK)/18 W (8PSK) 31 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

4 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK) 27 W (GMSK)/27 W (8PSK)

5 16 W (GMSK)/16 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

6 12 W (GMSK)/12 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

NOTE

l The maximum output power of a GRFU V2 module in the configuration of S1 is 60 W. To achieve the
maximum output power, you need to buy a license.
l With the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature, GRFU V2 modules with the
configuration of S4 to S6 can also have the same output power no matter they use the GMSK or 8PSK
modulation scheme.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-15 Power consumption (GRFU V1 operating in 1900 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

BTS3900 S4/4/4, TOC = 710 1310


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 710 1370


16 W

BTS3900A S4/4/4, TOC = 790 1470


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 790 1540


16 W

Table 13-16 Power consumption (GRFU V2 operating in 900 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

BTS3900 S4/4/4, TOC = 680 1300


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 710 1190


20 W

BTS3900A S4/4/4, TOC = 760 1470


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 790 1340


20 W

BTS3900L S4/4/4 + 1800 1800 3730


MHz S8/8/8,
TOC = 20 W

Table 13-17 Power consumption (GRFU V2 operating in 1800 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

BTS3900 S4/4/4, TOC = 670 1290


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 770 1270


20 W

BTS3900A S4/4/4, TOC = 750 1450


20 W

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power


Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

S6/6/6, TOC = 860 1430


20 W

NOTE

l The following functions are configured: multi-carrier intelligent voltage regulation, TRX working
voltage adjustment, discontinuous transmission (DTX), power control, and power sharing.
l The preceding tables use the power consumption of BTS3900 -48 V DC, BTS3900A AC, and
BTS3900L -48 V DC as examples.
l TOC in the preceding table refers to the cabinet-top power of BTSs with duplex ports.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-18 lists the equipment specifications of a GRFU.

Table 13-18 Equipment specifications of a GRFU

Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

GRFU V1, 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm (with the ≤12


GRFU V2, and panel)
GRFU V2a

Table 13-19 describes the surge protection specifications for GRFU ports.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-19 Surge protection specifications for GRFU ports

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Ports for Applicable Surge 250 A


cascading to all
RF modules scenarios

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 250 A


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 250 A
mode

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-20 shows GRFU antenna capabilities.

Table 13-20 GRFU antenna capabilities


Type TMA Capability RET Antenna
Capabilities

GRFU V1 Supported Supports AISG2.0

GRFU V2 Supported Supports AISG2.0

GRFU V2a Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE

For RFUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.1.3 Technical Specifications for WRFU


The WCDMA Radio Filter Unit (WRFU) is an indoor radio frequency (RF) processing unit.
One WRFU supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-21 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by a WRFU.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 107


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-21 Modes and frequency bands supported by a WRFU


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

80 W WRFU UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

850 824 to 835 869 to 880

40 W WRFU 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-22 lists RF specifications of a WRFU.

Table 13-22 RF specifications of a WRFU


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

WRFU 1T2R l 80 W l -125. l -128. l -131. l Outp Power


WRF 8 6 3 ut consum
U: 4 (210 (2100 (2100 powe ption
carrie 0 MHz MHz r of
rs MHz ) ) 80 W
l 40 W ) l -128. l -131. WRF
WRF l -125. 4 1 U in
U: 2 6 (850 (850 typic
carrie (850 MHz MHz al
rs MHz ) ) confi
) gurat
ion
l Outp
ut
powe
r of
40 W
WRF
U in
typic
al
confi
gurat
ion

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS25.104, at the antenna connector
over the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER)
does not exceed 0.001.
l The receiver sensitivity on the 850 MHz band is measured on its subbands.

The 80 W WRFU supports a maximum of four carriers and uneven power configuration. The
output power at its antenna port is 80 W.

Table 13-23 Output power of 80 W WRFU in typical configuration

Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier


(W)

1 60

2 40*

3 20

4 20

NOTE

l Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output
power is measured at the antenna port.
l The asterisk (*) marks the maximum output power in typical configuration.

The 40 W WRFU supports a maximum of two carriers. The output power at its antenna port is
40 W.

Table 13-24 Output power of 40 W WRFU in typical configuration

Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier


(W)

1 40

2 20

Table 13-25 Power consumption

Cabinet Config Output Typical Maxim Power backup duration


uration Power Power um based on new batteries and
(Carrier per Consu Power typical power consumption
x Carrier mption Consu (hour)
Sector) (W) (W) mption
(W) 50Ah 92Ah 184Ah

BTS390 3x1 20 390 450 5.6 11.3 22.6


0
3x2 20 455 600 4.6 9.5 19.4

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabinet Config Output Typical Maxim Power backup duration


uration Power Power um based on new batteries and
(Carrier per Consu Power typical power consumption
x Carrier mption Consu (hour)
Sector) (W) (W) mption
(W) 50Ah 92Ah 184Ah

3x3 20 580 745 3.5 7.2 14.5

3x4 20 730 1030 2.5 5.1 15.2

BTS390 3x1 20 390 450 5.6 11.3 22.6


0A
3x2 20 455 600 4.6 9.5 19.4

3x3 20 580 745 3.5 7.2 14.5

3x4 20 730 1030 2.5 5.1 15.2

BTS390 3x1 20 410 475 5.2 10.7 21.5


0L
3x2 20 480 625 4.3 9.0 18.4

3x3 20 605 770 3.2 6.9 14.6

3x4 20 755 1055 2.5 5.2 11.7

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-26 lists the equipment specifications of a WRFU.

Table 13-26 Equipment specifications of a WRFU


Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

WRFU 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm (with the ≤12


panel)

Table 13-27 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on a WRFU.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-27 Surge protection specifications of ports on a WRFU


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-28 lists the antenna capability of a WRFU.

Table 13-28 Antenna capability of a WRFU

Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

WRFU Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RFUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.1.4 Technical Specifications for WRFUd


The WCDMA Radio Filter Unit type D (WRFUd) is an indoor radio frequency (RF) processing
unit. One WRFUd supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-29 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by a WRFUd.

Table 13-29 Modes and frequency bands supported by a WRFUd

Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency


Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

WRFUd UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-30 lists RF specifications of a WRFUd.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-30 RF specifications of a WRFUd


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

WRFUd 2T2R l With -126.1 -128.9 -131.6 l Outp Power


MIM ut consum
O: 4 powe ption
carrie r of
rs WRF
l With Ud
out with
MIM out
O: 6 MIM
carrie O
rs l Outp
ut
powe
r of
WRF
Ud
with
MIM
O
l Carr
ier
comb
inati
ons
supp
orted
by
WRF
Ud in
hybri
d
confi
gurat
ions

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

WRFUds with MIMO and without MIMO support four carriers and six carriers, respectively.
The output power at its antenna port is 2 x 60 W.

NOTE

l Configurations of single-output, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), or combination of the two


are supported.
l Uneven power configuration is supported.

Table 13-31 Output power of WRFUd without MIMO


Number of Carriers Number of Carriers Output Power per Carrier
Related to Power Related to Power (W)
Amplifier 1 Amplifier 2

1 0 60

2 0 30

3 0 20

4 0 15

1 1 60

2 2 30

3 3 20

Table 13-32 Output power of WRFUd with MIMO


Number of MIMO Carriers Output Power per Carrier (W)

1 40 + 40

2 30 + 30

3 20 + 20

4 15 + 15

Table 13-33 Carrier combinations supported by WRFUd in hybrid configurations


Number of MIMO Carriers Number of Single-Output Carriers

1 5

2 4

3 2

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

With hybrid configurations, the WRFUd module supports a maximum of six carriers and each transmit
channel supports a maximum of four carriers. The maximum output power of each transmit channel is 60
W. For the output power of a MIMO carrier, see Table 13-32. For the output power of a single-output
carrier, see Table 13-31.

Table 13-34 Power consumption


Cabinet Config Output Typical Maxim Power Backup Duration
uration Power Power um Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier per Consu Power Power Consumption of New
x Carrier mption Consu Batteries (Hours)
Sector) (W) (W) mption
(W) 50 Ah 92 Ah 184 Ah

BTS390 3x1 20 465 540 4.4 9.3 18.9


0
3x2 20 545 680 3.7 7.9 16.2

3x3 20 685 880 2.9 5.9 12.8

3x4 20 925 1225 2.0 4.1 9.3

BTS390 3x1 20 465 540 4.4 9.3 18.9


0A
3x2 20 545 680 3.7 7.9 16.2

3x3 20 685 880 2.9 5.9 12.8

3x4 20 925 1225 2.0 4.1 9.3

BTS390 3x1 20 495 570 4.1 8.7 17.8


0L
3x2 20 575 710 3.5 7.3 15.3

3x3 20 715 910 2.7 5.6 12.3

3x4 20 955 1255 1.9 3.9 9.0

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPd2 board and one WMPT board are configured in the
BBU3900.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured in the
BBU3900.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-35 lists the equipment specifications of a WRFUd.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-35 Equipment specifications of a WRFUd


Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

WRFUd 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm (with the ≤12


panel)

Table 13-36 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on a WRFUd.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-36 Surge protection specifications of ports on a WRFUd


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-37 lists the antenna capability of a WRFUd.

Table 13-37 Antenna capability of a WRFUd

Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

WRFUd Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RFUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.1.5 Technical Specifications for WRFUe


The WCDMA Radio Filter Unit type D (WRFUe) is an indoor radio frequency (RF) processing
unit. One WRFUe supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-38 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by a WRFUe.

Table 13-38 Modes and frequency bands supported by a WRFUe

Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency


Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

WRFUe UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

RF Specifications
Table 13-39 lists RF specifications of a WRFUe.

Table 13-39 RF specifications of a WRFUe


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

WRFUe 2T2R l With -126.1 -128.9 -131.6 Output Power


MIM power of consum
O: 4 WRFUd ption
carrie without
rs MIMO
l With Output
out power of
MIM WRFUe
O: 6 with
carrie MIMO
rs Output
power of
WRFUe
in
combine
d
configur
ation

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.

WRFUes with MIMO and without MIMO support four carriers and six carriers, respectively.
The output power at its antenna port is 2 x 60 W.

NOTE

l Configurations of single-output, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), or combination of the two


are supported.
l Uneven power configuration is supported.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 118


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-40 Output power of WRFUe without MIMO


Number of Carriers Number of Carriers Output Power per Carrier
Related to Power Related to Power (W)
Amplifier 1 Amplifier 2

1 0 80

2 0 40

3 0 26

4 0 20

1 1 80

2 2 40

3 3 26

Table 13-41 Output power of WRFUe with MIMO


Number of Carriers Output Power per Carrier (W)

1 40 + 40

2 40 + 40

3 26 + 26

4 20 + 20

Table 13-42 Output power of WRFUe in combined configuration


Number of MIMO Carriers Number of Single-Output Carriers

1 5

2 4

3 2

NOTE

In combined configuration, each TX channel of the WRFUe supports a maximum of four carriers, and the
WRFUe supports a maximum of six carriers. The maximum output power is 60 W.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 119


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-43 Power consumption


Cabinet Config Output Typical Maxim Power Backup Duration
uration Power Power um Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier per Consu Power Power Consumption of New
x Carrier mption Consu Batteries (Hours)
Sector) (W) (W) mption
(W) 50 Ah 92 Ah 184 Ah

BTS390 3x1 20 465 540 4.4 9.3 18.9


0
3x2 20 545 680 3.7 7.9 16.2

3x3 20 685 880 2.9 5.9 12.8

3x4 20 820 1090 2.3 4.7 10.7

BTS390 3x1 20 495 570 4.1 8.7 17.8


0A
3x2 20 575 710 3.5 7.3 15.3

3x3 20 715 910 2.7 5.6 12.3

3x4 20 850 1120 2.1 4.4 10.3

BTS390 3x1 20 495 570 4.1 8.7 17.8


0L
3x2 20 575 710 3.5 7.3 15.3

3x3 20 715 910 2.7 5.6 12.3

3x4 20 850 1120 2.1 4.4 10.3

BTS390 3x1 20 510 585 4.0 8.4 17.3


0AL
3x2 20 590 725 3.5 7.1 14.9

3x3 20 730 925 2.6 5.5 12.1

3x4 20 865 1135 2.1 4.3 10.2

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPd2 board and one WMPT board are configured in the
BBU3900.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured in the
BBU3900.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-44 lists the engineering specifications of a WRFUe.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 120


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-44 Equipment specifications of a WRFUe


Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

WRFUe 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm (with the ≤12


panel)

Table 13-45 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on a WRFUe.

Table 13-45 Surge protection specifications of ports on a WRFUe


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-46 lists the antenna capability of a WRFUe.

Table 13-46 Antenna capability of a WRFUe

Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

WRFUe Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.1.6 Technical Specifications for LRFU


This section describes the technical specifications of the LRFU.

Working Mode and Frequency Band


Table 13-47 describes the working mode and frequency bands of the LRFU.

Table 13-47 Working mode and frequency bands of the LRFU

Type Worki Frequency Band RX Band (MHz) TX Band (MHz)


ng (MHz)
Mode

LRFU LTE AWS (band 4) 1710 to 1755 2110 to 2155


FDD
2600 (band 7) Band C: 2500 to 2520 Band C: 2620 to 2640

Band D: 2510 to 2560 Band D: 2630 to 2680

Band E: 2550 to 2570 Band E: 2670 to 2690

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

RF Specifications
Table 13-48 describes the RF specifications of the LRFU.

The receiver sensitivity, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, is measured under 5 MHz channel
bandwidth @ FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R=1/3, 25 RB).

Table 13-48 RF specifications of the LRFU

Type RX Capacity Receiver Output Power


and Sensitivity (dBm) Power Consumption
TX (W) (W)
Chan 1T1R 1T2R
nels

LRF 2T2R One carrier. The l 2600: l 2600 2 x 40 l 2600: 350


U bandwidth of -105.8 : l AWS: 370
each carrier can l AWS: -108
be: -106.1 .6
l 1.4 MHz, 3 l AW
MHz, 5 MHz, S:
10 MHz, 15 -108
MHz, or 20 .9
MHz in the
AWS band
l 5 MHz, 10
MHz, 15
MHz, or 20
MHz in the
2600 MHz
band

NOTE
A x B in Output Power (W) indicates that the eNodeB uses A transmit (TX) channels and the output power of
each channel is B W.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-49 describes the physical specifications of the LRFU.

Table 13-49 Equipment specifications of an LRFU

Type Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

LRFU 9U x 14HP x 308.5mm (with 12


the panel)

Table 13-50 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on the LRFU.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications are based on the surge waveform of 8/20
μs.
l All the items of discharge current, unless otherwise specified as the maximum discharge current, refer to
those of the nominal discharge current.

Table 13-50 Surge protection specifications for the ports on the LRFU
Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification
n Scenario

DC power All Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply mode
socket
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port All Surge Differential 8 kA


current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

Monitoring All Surge Differential 3 kA


port current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capability
Table 13-51 describes the antenna capability of the LRFU.

Table 13-51 Antenna capability of the LRFU


Type TMA Support Capability RET Antenna Support
Capability

LRFU TMA supported AISG2.0-complied RET


antennas supported

NOTE
If an RRU supports RET antennas, the feeding voltage and feeding current are 12 V and 2.3 A, respectively.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

13.1.7 Technical Specifications for LRFUe


This section describes the technical specifications of the LRFUe.

Working Mode and Frequency Band


Table 13-52 describes the working mode and frequency bands of the LRFUe.

Table 13-52 Working mode and frequency bands of the LRFUe

Type Worki Frequency Band RX Band (MHz) TX Band (MHz)


ng (MHz)
Mode

LRFUe LTE DD 800MHz (band 832 to 862 791 to 821


FDD 20)

RF Specifications
Table 13-53 describes the RF specifications of the LRFUe.

The receiver sensitivity, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, is measured under 5 MHz channel
bandwidth @ FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R=1/3, 25 RB).

Table 13-53 RF specifications of the LRFUe

Type RX Capacity Receiver Sensitivity Output Power


and (dBm) Power Consumpt
TX (W) ion (W)
Chan 1T1R 1T2R
nels

LRF 2T2R One carrier. The -106.3 -109.1 2 x 60 440


Ue bandwidth of
each carrier can
be 5 MHz, 10
MHz, 15 MHz,
or 20 MHz.

NOTE
A x B in Output Power (W) indicates that the eNodeB uses A transmit (TX) channels and the output power of
each channel is B W.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-54 describes the physical specifications of the LRFUe.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 125


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-54 Equipment specifications of an LRFUe


Type Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

LRFUe 9U x 14HP x 308.5mm (with 12


the panel)

Table 13-55 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on the LRFUe.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications are based on the surge waveform of 8/20
μs.
l All the items of discharge current, unless otherwise specified as the maximum discharge current, refer to
those of the nominal discharge current.

Table 13-55 Surge protection specifications for the ports on the LRFUe
Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification
n Scenario

DC power All Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply mode
socket
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port All Surge Differential 8 kA


current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

Monitoring All Surge Differential 3 kA


port current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capability
Table 13-56 describes the antenna capability of the LRFUe.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-56 Antenna capability of the LRFUe


Type TMA Support Capability RET Antenna Support
Capability

LRFUe TMA supported AISG2.0-complied RET


antennas supported

NOTE
If an RRU supports RET antennas, the feeding voltage and feeding current are 12 V and 2.3 A, respectively.

13.1.8 Technical Specifications for MRFU


MRFUs are classified into MRFU V1, MRFU V2 and MRFU V2a. Adopting the software-
defined radio (SDR) technology, MRFU modules can work in different modes with different
configurations.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-57 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an MRFU.

Table 13-57 Modes and frequency bands supported by an MRFU


Type Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency Mode
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

MRFU V1 900 890 to 915 935 to 960 GSM and UMTS

1800 1710 to 1755 1805 to 1850 GSM

1740 to 1785 1835 to 1880

1900 1850 to 1890 1930 to 1970 GSM and UMTS

1870 to 1910 1950 to 1990

MRFU V2 850 824 to 846.5 869 to 891.5 GSM, UMTS,


and GSM +
UMTS

900 890 to 915 935 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


LTE, GSM +
880 to 915 925 to 960 UMTS, and GSM
+ LTE

1800 1710 to 1770 1805 to 1865 GSM, LTE, and


GSM + LTE
1725 to 1785 1820 to 1880

1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 127


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency Mode


Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

MRFU 900 885 to 910 930 to 955 GSM, UMTS,


V2a LTE, GSM +
UMTS, and GSM
+ LTE

1800 1710 to 1755 1805 to 1850 GSM, LTE, and


GSM + LTE

RF Specifications
Table 13-58 shows RF specifications for an MRFU.

NOTE

l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The LTE receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, under a 5 MHz channel
bandwidth 5 MHz channel bandwidth based on the FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R = 1/3, 25 RBs)
standard.
l MRFU modules operating in GSM mode and in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band comply with the
standard EN 301 502 V9.2.1.
l MRFU modules operating in GSM mode and in the 850 or 1900 MHz frequency band comply with the
standard 3GPP TS 45.005 V10.2.0 & 3GPP TS 51.021 V10.2.0.
l MRFU modules operating in UMTS, LTE, or Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) mode and in 900 or 1800 MHz
frequency band comply with the standard ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1 and 3GPP TS 37.104.
l MRFU modules operating in UMTS, LTE, or Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) mode and in 850 or 1900 MHz
frequency band comply with the standard 3GPP TS 37.104 V10.4.0 & TS 37.141 V10.4.0.
l AB Non-MSR indicates that A data is carried on one transmit channel of an RF module while B data is
carried on the other transmit channel of the RF module. AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on
the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-58 RF specifications for an MRFU


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consu
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way mption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

MR 1T GSM: 6 GSM: -113 GSM: GSM: Output Power


FU 2R TRXs UMTS: -115.8 -118.5 Power of consum
V1 UMTS: 4 -125.5 UMTS: (theoretical an ption
carriers -128.3 value) MRFU (configu
UMTS: -131 V1 (900 red with
MHz/ MRFU
1800 V1, 900
MHz/ MHz)
1900
MHz,
single-
mode)

MR 1T GSM: 6 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp l Powe


FU 2R TRXs l 850 l 850 l 850 ut r
V2 UMTS: 4 MHz: MHz: MHz: Powe cons
carriers -113 -115.8 -118.5 r of umpt
(theoreti an ion
LTE: l 900 MHz l 900 MHz
cal MRF (conf
PGSM: PGSM:
l 900 value) U V2 igure
-113.5 -116.3
MHz: (850 d
l 900 MHz l 900 MHz l 900 MHz
1 MHz/ with
EGSM: EGSM: PGSM:
carrie 900 MRF
-113.3 -116.1 -119
r, the MHz/ U V2,
(theoreti
band l 1800 l 1800 1800 900
cal
width MHz: MHz: MHz, MHz
value)
is 1.4, -113.8 -116.6 single )
3, 5, l 900 MHz -
UMTS: UMTS: l Powe
10, EGSM: mode
l 850 l 850 r
15, or -118.8 )
MHz: MHz: cons
20 (theoreti
-125 -127.8 l Outp umpt
MHz. cal
ut ion
value)
l 1800 Powe (conf
MHz: r of igure

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consu
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way mption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

MR 1 l 900 MHz l 900 MHz l 1800 an d


FU carrie PGSM: PGSM: MHz: MRF with
r, the -125.5 -128.3 -119.3 U V2 MRF
band l 900 MHz l 900 MHz (theoreti (850 U V2,
width EGSM: EGSM: cal MHz/ 1800
is 5, -125.3 -128.1 value) 900
10, UMTS: MHz,
LTE: LTE:
15, or GU
l 900 MHz l 900 MHz l 850
MSR
PGSM: PGSM: MHz:
)
-106.3 -109.1 -130.5
l Outp
l 900 MHz l 900 MHz l 900 MHz
ut
EGSM: EGSM: PGSM:
Powe
-106.1 -108.9 -131
r of
l 900 MHz an
EGSM: MRF
-130.8 U V2
LTE: (900
l 900 MHz MHz/
PGSM: 1800
-111.8 MHz,
GL
l 900 MHz
EGSM:
-111.6

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consu
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way mption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

V2 20 l 1800 l 1800 l 1800 MSR MHz


a MHz. MHz: MHz: MHz: ) )
-106.6 -109.4 -112.1

NOTE

l * indicates that the UMTS mode is supported in terms of hardware.


l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.
l The output power is 1 dB lesser than the standard power when the MRFU is located at a height of 3500 m
to 4500m; and is 2 dB lesser than the standard power when the MRFU is located at a height of 4500 m to
6000m.
l For the MRFU working in GSM mode, the maximum output power of each carrier on the MRFU is 60 W
when the S1 configuration is applied. Note that, if the output power of 60 W is required, the related license
must be obtained.
l For the MRFU V2 working in GSM mode and operating in the 900 MHz frequency band: after design
optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes enable the same output power for each carrier on
the MRFU V2 when the S1, S2, or S3 configuration is used. When the S4, S5, or S6 configuration is used,
the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature must be obtained. Otherwise,
the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable the same output power for each carrier on the
MRFU V2.
l For the MRFU V2 working in GSM mode and operating in the 1800 MHz frequency band, the license
controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature must be obtained when the S4, S5, or
S6 configuration is used. Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable the same
output power for each carrier on the MRFU V2.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 131


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-59 Output Power of an MRFU V1 (900 MHz/1800 MHz/1900 MHz, single-mode)
Mode Numbe Numbe Output Power Output Output Power
r of r of per GSM Sharing per UMTS
GSM UMTS Carrier (W) Power per Carrier (W)
Carrier Carriers GSM Carrier
s (W)

1 0 60 60 0

2 0 40 40 0

3 0 27 31 0
GSM
4 0 20 27 0

5 0 12 20 0

6 0 10 16 0

0 1 0 0 60

0 2 0 0 40
UMTS
0 3* 0 0 27*

0 4* 0 0 20*

NOTE
Two MRFU V2 modules are required to enable MIMO on the UMTS side.

Table 13-60 Output Power of an MRFU V2 (850 MHz/900 MHz/1800 MHz, single-mode)
Mode Nu Num Number Output Output Output Output
mbe ber of LTE Power Sharing Power per Power per
r of of Carriers per GSM Power UMTS LTE
GS UM Carrier per GSM Carrier Carrier
M TS (W) Carrier (W) (W)
Carr Carri (W)
iers ers

1 0 0 60 60 0 0

2 0 0 40 40 0 0

3 0 0 27 31 0 0
GSM
4 0 0 20 27 0 0

5 0 0 16 20 0 0

6 0 0 12 20 0 0

UMTS 0 1 0 0 0 60 0

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Nu Num Number Output Output Output Output


mbe ber of LTE Power Sharing Power per Power per
r of of Carriers per GSM Power UMTS LTE
GS UM Carrier per GSM Carrier Carrier
M TS (W) Carrier (W) (W)
Carr Carri (W)
iers ers

1
0 (MI 0 0 0 2 x 60 0
MO)

0 2 0 0 0 40 0

2
0 (MI 0 0 0 2 x 40 0
MO)

0 3* 0 0 0 27* 0

3
(MI
0 0 0 0 2 x 27* 0
MO)
*

0 4* 0 0 0 20* 0

4
(MI
0 0 0 0 2 x 20* 0
MO)
*

LTE 0 0 1 (1T2R) 0 0 0 60

Table 13-61 Output Power of an MRFU V2 (850 MHz/900 MHz, GU MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 1 1 40 40

2 1 20 40

2 1 31 20

3 1 20 20

4 1 12 20

5 1 10 20

1 2 40 20

2 2 20 20

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

3 2 16 10

3 2 10 20

4 2 10 10

NOTE

l When there are no more than three GSM carriers, LTE bandwidth can be 1.4, 3, 5, 10, or 15 MHz in the 900
MHz frequency band or be 5, 10, or 15 MHz in the 1800 MHz frequency band. When there are more than
three GSM carriers, LTE bandwidth can be 1.4, 3, 5, or 10 MHz in the 900 MHz frequency band or be 5 or
10 MHz in the 1800 MHz frequency band.
l Two MRFU V2 modules are required to enable MIMO on the LTE side.

Table 13-62 Output Power of an MRFU V2 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GL MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers LTE Carriers per GSM per LTE
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + LTE 1 1 40 30

1 1 30 40

2 1 27 20

2 1 20 30

3 1 20 20

4 1 12 20

5 1 10 20

NOTE

l The typical power consumption and the maximum power consumption are measured when the base station
works at a temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station works with 30% load and power
control and DTX are enabled. The maximum power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station
works with 100% load. The power consumption for GSM is calculated based on the sharing power.
l The typical power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 40% load. The
maximum power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 100% load.
l LTE typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 50% and LTE maximum
power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 100%.
l LTE power consumption is calculated based on the 2x2 MIMO configuration. Two MRFUs are configured
in each sector.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-63 Power consumption (MRFU V1 operating in the 900 MHz frequency band
configured)
Cabinet Mode Configu Output Power Typical Maximum
ration of Each Power Power
Carrier (W) Consumptio Consumption
n (W) (W)

S2/2/2 20 700 900

GSM S4/4/4 27 950 1350

S6/6/6 16 840 1180

UMTS 3x1 20 540 670

3x2 20 800 1020

3x3 20 1040 1330

3x4 20 1150 1450


BTS3900
(Ver.B) GSM l GSM: 20 1150 1440
(-48 V) S2/2/2 + l UMTS: 40
UMTS 3
x1

GSM l GSM: 15 970 1260


GSM + S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 10
UMTS UMTS 3
x1

GSM l GSM: 10 930 1190


S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 10
UMTS 3
x2

S2/2/2 20 800 1040

GSM S4/4/4 27 1070 1540

S6/6/6 16 950 1340

UMTS 3x1 20 660 840


BTS3900 3x2 20 950 1220
A (Ver.B)
(AC) 3x3 20 1210 1560

3x4 20 1340 1700

GSM + GSM l GSM: 20 1340 1690


UMTS S2/2/2 + l UMTS: 40
UMTS 3
x1

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabinet Mode Configu Output Power Typical Maximum


ration of Each Power Power
Carrier (W) Consumptio Consumption
n (W) (W)

GSM l GSM: 15 1140 1490


S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 10
UMTS 3
x1

GSM l GSM: 10 1100 1410


S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 10
UMTS 3
x2

S2/2/2 20 745 960

GSM S4/4/4 27 995 1410

S6/6/6 16 885 1240

UMTS 3x1 20 585 730

3x2 20 845 1080

3x3 20 1085 1390

3x4 20 1195 1510


BTS3900L
(Ver.B) GSM l GSM: 20 1195 1500
(-48 V) S2/2/2 + l UMTS: 40
UMTS 3
x1

GSM l GSM: 15 1015 1320


GSM + S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 10
UMTS UMTS 3
x1

GSM l GSM: 10 975 1250


S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 10
UMTS 3
x2

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-64 Power consumption (MRFU V2 operating in the 900 MHz frequency band
configured)
Cabinet Mode Config Output Power Typical Maximum
uration of Each Power Power
Carrier (W) Consumptio Consumption
n (W) (W)

S2/2/2 20 620 730

GSM S4/4/4 20 810 1130


BTS3900 S6/6/6 12 710 1025
(Ver.B)
(-48 V) 3x1 20 595 650
UMTS
3x2 20 630 800

LTE 3x1 2 x 60 1185 1270

S2/2/2 20 620 730

GSM S4/4/4 20 810 1130


BTS3900 S6/6/6 12 710 1025
A (Ver.B)
(AC) 3x1 20 595 650
UMTS
3x2 20 630 800

LTE 3x1 2 x 60 1185 1270

S2/2/2 20 645 755

GSM S4/4/4 20 835 1155


BTS3900L S6/6/6 12 735 1050
(Ver.B)
(-48 V) 3x1 20 620 675
UMTS
3x2 20 655 825

LTE 3x1 2 x 60 1210 1295

Table 13-65 Power consumption (MRFU V2 operating in the 1800 MHz frequency band
configured)
Cabinet Mode Configu Output Power Typical Maximum
ration of Each Power Power
Carrier (W) Consumptio Consumption
n (W) (W)

S2/2/2 20 640 750


BTS3900
(Ver.B) GSM S4/4/4 20 820 1140
(-48 V)
S6/6/6 12 685 1100

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabinet Mode Configu Output Power Typical Maximum


ration of Each Power Power
Carrier (W) Consumptio Consumption
n (W) (W)

LTE 3x1 2 x 60 1230 1355

S2/2/2 20 640 750


BTS3900 GSM S4/4/4 20 820 1140
A (Ver.B)
(AC) S6/6/6 12 685 1100

LTE 3x1 2 x 60 1230 1355

S2/2/2 20 645 755


BTS3900L GSM S4/4/4 20 835 1155
(Ver.B)
(-48 V) S6/6/6 12 735 1050

LTE 3x1 2 x 60 1210 1295

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-66 shows equipment specifications of an MRFU.

Table 13-66 Equipment specifications of an MRFU

Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

MRFU V1, MRFU V2, and 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm ≤12


MRFU V2a (with the panel)

Table 13-67 shows the surge protection specifications for the ports on an MRFU.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-67 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an MRFU

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

DC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-68 shows antenna capabilities for an MRFU.

Table 13-68 Antenna capabilities for an MRFU

Type TMA Capabilites RET Antenna Capabilities

MRFU V1 Supported Supports AISG2.0

MRFU V2 and MRFU Supported Supports AISG2.0


V2a

NOTE
For RFUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.1.9 Technical Specifications for MRFUd


Adopting the software-defined radio (SDR) technology, MRFUd modules can work in different
modes with different configurations.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-69 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an MRFUd.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-69 Modes and frequency bands supported by an MRFUd


Type Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency Mode
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

MRFUd 900 890 to 915 935 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


LTE, GSM +
880 to 915 925 to 960 UMTS, and GSM
1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880 + LTE

RF Specifications
Table 13-70 shows RF specifications for an MRFUd.

NOTE

l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The LTE receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, under a 5 MHz channel
bandwidth 5 MHz channel bandwidth based on the FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R = 1/3, 25 RBs)
standard.
l MRFUd modules operating in GSM mode and in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band comply with the
standard EN 301 502 V9.2.1.
l MRFUd modules operating in UMTS, LTE, or Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) mode and in 900 or 1800 MHz
frequency band comply with the standard ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1 and 3GPP TS 37.104.
l AB Non-MSR indicates that A data is carried on one transmit channel of an RF module while B data is
carried on the other transmit channel of the RF module. AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on
the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-70 RF specifications for an MRFUd


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivit Sensitivity
an (dBm) y (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

MR 2T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp l Powe


FU 2R TRXs l 900 l 900 l 900 ut r
d UMTS: MHz: MHz: MHz: Powe consu
-113.7 -116.5 -119.2 r of mptio
l Non- an n
MIM l 1800 l 1800 (theoretic
al value) MRF (confi
O: 6 MHz: MHz: Ud gured
carrie -114 -116.8 l 1800 (900 with
rs UMTS: UMTS: MHz: MHz MRF
l MIM -119.5 /1800 Ud,
l 900 l 900 (theoretic
O: 4 MHz: MHz: MHz 900
carrie al value) , MHz)
-125.8 -128.6
rs UMTS: singl l Powe
l 1800 l 1800 e-
LTE: 2 MHz: MHz: l 900 r
carriers, MHz: mode consu
-126.1 -128.9 )
the -131.3 mptio
bandwidt LTE: LTE: l Outp n
l 1800
h is 1.4, 3, l 900 l 900 MHz: ut (confi
5, 10, 15, MHz: MHz: -131.6 Powe gured
or 20 -106.3 -109.1 r of with
MHz. LTE: an MRF
l 1800 l 1800
MHz: MHz: l 900 MRF Ud,
-106.6 -109.4 MHz: Ud 1800
-111.8 (900 MHz)
l 1800 MHz
MHz: /1800
-112.1 MHz
, GU
Non-
MSR
)
l Outp
ut

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivit Sensitivity
an (dBm) y (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

Powe
r of
an
MRF
Ud
(900
MHz
/1800
MHz
, GU
MSR
)
l Outp
ut
Powe
r of
an
MRF
Ud
(900
MHz
/1800
MHz
, GL
MSR
)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.


l The output power is 1 dB lesser than the standard power when the MRFUd is located at a height of 3500 m
to 4500m; and is 2 dB lesser than the standard power when the MRFUd is located at a height of 4500 m to
6000m.
l For the MRFUd working in GSM mode: when the S1 or S2 configuration is applied, the maximum output
power of each carrier on the MRFUd is 80 W. If the output power of 60 W or 80 W is required, the related
license must be obtained. After design optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes enable the
same output power for each carrier on the MRFUd when any of the S1 through S6 configurations is used.
When the S7 or S8 configuration is used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE
Coverage feature must be obtained. Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable
the same output power for each carrier on the MRFUd.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Table 13-71 Output Power of an MRFUd (900 MHz/1800 MHz, single-mode)

Mod Num Number Number Output Output Output Output


e ber of of UMTS of LTE Power Sharing Power Power
GSM Carriers Carriers per Power per per LTE
Carri GSM per UMTS Carrier
ers Carrier GSM Carrier (W)
(W) Carrier (W)
(W)

GSM 1 0 0 80 80 0 0

2 0 0 80 80 0 0

3 0 0 40 40 0 0

4 0 0 40 40 0 0

5 0 0 27 30 0 0

6 0 0 27 30 0 0

7 0 0 20 27 0 0

8 0 0 20 27 0 0

UMT 0 1 0 0 0 80 0
S
0 2 0 0 0 80 0

0 3 0 0 0 40 0

0 4 0 0 0 40 0

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mod Num Number Number Output Output Output Output


e ber of of UMTS of LTE Power Sharing Power Power
GSM Carriers Carriers per Power per per LTE
Carri GSM per UMTS Carrier
ers Carrier GSM Carrier (W)
(W) Carrier (W)
(W)

0 5 0 0 0 25 0

0 6 0 0 0 25 0

0 1 (MIMO) 0 0 0 2 x 40 0

0 2 (MIMO) 0 0 0 2 x 40 0

0 3 (MIMO) 0 0 0 2 x 25 0

0 4 (MIMO) 0 0 0 2 x 20 0

LTE 0 0 1 0 0 0 5/10/15/
20 MHz:
2 x 60
1.4/3
MHz: 2
x 40

0 0 2 0 0 0 2 x 40

Table 13-72 Output Power of an MRFUd (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GU Non-MSR)

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS Carriers per GSM per UMTS
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + 1 1 80 80
UMTS
2 1 40 80

3 1 27 80

4 1 20 80

5 1 16 80

6 1 12 80

1 2 80 40

2 2 40 40

3 2 27 40

4 2 20 40

5 2 16 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS Carriers per GSM per UMTS
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

6 2 12 40

1 3 80 25

2 3 40 25

3 3 27 25

4 3 20 25

5 3 16 25

1 4 80 20

2 4 40 20

3 4 27 20

4 4 20 20

Table 13-73 Output Power of an MRFUd (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GU MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 2 1 40 40

3 1 40 40

4 1 27 40

5 1 27 20

5 1 25 30

5 1 20 40

6 1 20 40

7 1 20 20

7 1 16 30

1 2 40 40

2 2 40 40

3 2 30 20

3 2 25 30

3 2 20 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

4 2 30 20

4 2 25 30

4 2 20 40

5 2 20 20

6 2 20 20

1 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 40

2 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 40

3 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

3 1 (MIMO) 25 2 x 30

4 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

4 1 (MIMO) 25 2 x 30

4 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 20

1 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 30

1 2 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

2 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 30

2 2 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

3 2 (MIMO) 15 2 x 20

4 2 (MIMO) 15 2 x 20

Table 13-74 Output Power of an MRFUd (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GL MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers LTE Carriers per GSM per LTE
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + LTE 1 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 40

2 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 40

3 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 20

3 1 (MIMO) 25 2 x 30

3 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

4 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers LTE Carriers per GSM per LTE
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

4 1 (MIMO) 25 2 x 30

4 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 20

5 1 (MIMO) 16 2 x 30

5 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

6 1 (MIMO) 15 2 x 20

NOTE

l The typical power consumption and the maximum power consumption are measured when the base station
works at a temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station works with 30% load and power
control and DTX are enabled. The maximum power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station
works with 100% load. The power consumption for GSM is calculated based on the sharing power.
l The typical power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 40% load. The
maximum power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 100% load.
l LTE typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 50% and LTE maximum
power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 100%.
l LTE power consumption is calculated based on the 2x2 MIMO configuration. The LTE bandwidth is 10
MHz.

Table 13-75 Power consumption (MRFUd operating in the 900 MHz frequency band
configured)
Cabin Mode Configuration Output Typical Maximum
et Power of Power Power
Each Consumpt Consumpt
Carrier (W) ion (W) ion (W)

S2/2/2 20 620 715

S4/4/4 20 720 1040


GSM
S6/6/6 20 1000 1505

S8/8/8 20 1095 1825


BTS39
00 3x1 20 510 570
(Ver.C) UMTS
(-48 V) 3x2 20 585 750

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 945 1245

GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 785 965


GSM + UMTS 3 x 1
UMTS l UMTS:
20

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabin Mode Configuration Output Typical Maximum


et Power of Power Power
Each Consumpt Consumpt
Carrier (W) ion (W) ion (W)

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 835 1160


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1065 1425


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S2/2/2 + LTE l GSM: 20 1260 1635


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S3/3/3 + LTE l GSM: 20 1320 1815


GSM + LTE 3 x 10 MHz
l LTE: 40

GSM S4/4/4 + LTE l GSM: 20 1380 1995


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

S2/2/2 20 650 755

S4/4/4 20 800 1145


GSM
S6/6/6 20 1025 1610

S8/8/8 20 1130 1910

3x1 20 540 600


UMTS
3x2 20 615 780

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 975 1275

GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 850 1045


BTS39 UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
00L
20
(Ver.C)
(-48 V) GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 895 1195
GSM + UMTS 3 x 1
UMTS l UMTS:
20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1075 1480


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S2/2/2 + LTE l GSM: 20 1290 1665


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40
GSM + LTE
GSM S3/3/3 + LTE l GSM: 20 1350 1845
3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabin Mode Configuration Output Typical Maximum


et Power of Power Power
Each Consumpt Consumpt
Carrier (W) ion (W) ion (W)

GSM S4/4/4 + LTE l GSM: 20 1410 2025


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

S2/2/2 20 650 755

S4/4/4 20 800 1145


GSM
S6/6/6 20 1025 1610

S8/8/8 20 1130 1910

3x1 20 540 600


UMTS
3x2 20 615 780

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 975 1275

GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 850 1045


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
BTS39 20
00A
(Ver.C) GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 895 1195
GSM + UMTS 3 x 1
(-48 V) UMTS l UMTS:
20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1075 1480


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S2/2/2 + LTE l GSM: 20 1290 1665


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S3/3/3 + LTE l GSM: 20 1350 1845


GSM + LTE 3 x 10 MHz
l LTE: 40

GSM S4/4/4 + LTE l GSM: 20 1410 2025


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-76 Power consumption (MRFUd operating in the 1800 MHz frequency band
configured)
Cabin Mode Configuration Output Typical Maximum
et Power of Power Power
Each Consumpti Consumpt
Carrier (W) on (W) ion (W)

S2/2/2 20 635 730

S4/4/4 20 735 1060


GSM
S6/6/6 20 1030 1540

S8/8/8 20 1130 1860

3x1 20 510 585


UMTS
3x2 20 600 795

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 960 1275

GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 800 985


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
BTS39 20
00
(Ver.C) GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 850 1180
GSM + UMTS 3 x 1
(-48 V) UMTS l UMTS:
20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1090 1455


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S2/2/2 + LTE l GSM: 20 1365 1755


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S3/3/3 + LTE l GSM: 20 1410 1920


GSM + LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S4/4/4 + LTE l GSM: 20 1425 2070


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

S2/2/2 20 650 770

S4/4/4 20 800 1160


GSM
BTS39 S6/6/6 20 1115 1640
00L
S8/8/8 20 1145 1985
(Ver.C)
(-48 V) 3x1 20 540 615
UMTS
3x2 20 630 825

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 990 1305

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabin Mode Configuration Output Typical Maximum


et Power of Power Power
Each Consumpti Consumpt
Carrier (W) on (W) ion (W)

GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 865 1060


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 910 1225


GSM + UMTS 3 x 1
UMTS l UMTS:
20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1075 1480


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S2/2/2 + LTE l GSM: 20 1395 1785


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S3/3/3 + LTE l GSM: 20 1440 1950


GSM + LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S4/4/4 + LTE l GSM: 20 1455 2100


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

S2/2/2 20 650 770

S4/4/4 20 800 1160


GSM
S6/6/6 20 1115 1640

S8/8/8 20 1145 1985

3x1 20 540 615


UMTS
3x2 20 630 825

LTE 3 x 10MHz 40 990 1305


BTS39
00A GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 865 1060
(Ver.C) UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
(-48 V) 20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 910 1225


GSM + UMTS 3 x 1
UMTS l UMTS:
20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1075 1480


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS:
20

GSM S2/2/2 + LTE l GSM: 20 1395 1785


GSM + LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Cabin Mode Configuration Output Typical Maximum


et Power of Power Power
Each Consumpti Consumpt
Carrier (W) on (W) ion (W)

GSM S3/3/3 + LTE l GSM: 20 1440 1950


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S4/4/4 + LTE l GSM: 20 1455 2100


3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-77 shows equipment specifications of an MRFUd.

Table 13-77 Equipment specifications of an MRFUd

Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

MRFUd 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm ≤12


(with the panel)

Table 13-78 shows the surge protection specifications for the ports on an MRFUd.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-78 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an MRFUd

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

DC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-79 shows antenna capabilities for an MRFUd.

Table 13-79 Antenna capabilities for an MRFUd

Type TMA Capabilites RET Antenna Capabilities

MRFUd Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE
For RFUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.1.10 Technical Specifications for MRFUe


Adopting the software-defined radio (SDR) technology, MRFUe modules can work in different
modes with different configurations.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-80 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an MRFUe.

Table 13-80 Modes and frequency bands supported by an MRFUe

Type Frequency Receive Transmit Mode


Band (MHz) Frequency Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

MRFUe 900 880 to 915 925 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


LTE, GU, and GL
1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

RF Specifications
Table 13-81 shows RF specifications for an MRFUe.

NOTE

l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The LTE receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, under a 5 MHz channel
bandwidth 5 MHz channel bandwidth based on the FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R = 1/3, 25 RBs)
standard.
l The MRFUe that works in GSM mode and operates in the 1800 MHz frequency band complies with the EN
301 502 V9.2.1 standard. The MRFUe that works in UMTS, LTE, or multiple service ring (MSR) mode and
operates in the 1800 MHz frequency band complies with the ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1 and 3GPP TS 37.104
standards.
l AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-81 RF specifications for an MRFUe


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

MR 1T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp Power


FU 2R TRXs l 900 l 900 l 900 ut consump
e UMTS: 4 MHz: MHz: MHz: Powe tion
carriers -113.7 -116.5 -119.2 r of (configu
(theoreti an red with
LTE: 2 l 1800 l 1800 MRF MRFUe,
carriers, MHz: MHz: cal
value) Ue 1800
1.4/3/5/1 -114 -116.8 (900 MHz)
0/15/20 UMTS: UMTS: l 1800 MHz/
MHz MHz: 1800
bandwidt l 900 l 900 -119.5
MHz: MHz: MHz,
h (theoreti single
-125.8 -128.6 cal -
l 1800 l 1800 value) mode
MHz: MHz: UMTS: )
-126.1 -128.9
l 900 l Outp
LTE: LTE: MHz: ut
l 900 l 900 -131.3 Powe
MHz: MHz: l 1800 r of
-106.3 -109.1 MHz: an
l 1800 l 1800 -131.6 MRF
MHz: MHz: Ue
LTE: (900
-106.6 -109.4
l 900 MHz/
MHz: 1800
-111.8 MHz,
l 1800 GU
MHz: MSR
-112.1 )
l Outp
ut
Powe
r of

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 155


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

an
MRF
Ue
(900
MHz/
1800
MHz,
GL
MSR
)

NOTE

l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.


l The output power is 1 dB lesser than the standard power when the MRFUe is located at a height of 3500 m
to 4500m; and is 2 dB lesser than the standard power when the MRFUe is located at a height of 4500 m to
6000m.
l For the MRFUe working in GSM mode: when the S1 configuration is applied, the maximum output power
of each carrier on the MRFUe is 80 W; when the S2 configuration is applied, the maximum output power
of each carrier on the MRFUe is 60 W. If the output power of 60 W or 80 W is required, the related license
must be obtained. After design optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes enable the same
output power for each carrier on the MRFUe when the S1, S2, or S3 configuration is used. When any of the
S4 through S8 configurations is used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE
Coverage feature must be obtained. Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable
the same output power for each carrier on the MRFUe.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-82 Output Power of an MRFUe (900 MHz/1800 MHz, single-mode)

Mod Num Number Number Output Output Output Output


e ber of of UMTS of LTE Power Sharing Power Power
GSM Carriers Carriers per Power per per LTE
Carri GSM per UMTS Carrier
ers Carrier GSM Carrier (W)
(W) Carrier (W)
(W)

GSM 1 0 0 80 80 0 0

2 0 0 60 60 0 0

3 0 0 40 50 0 0

4 0 0 30 40 0 0

5 0 0 25 30 0 0

6 0 0 20 30 0 0

7 0 0 15 20 0 0

8 0 0 10 16 0 0

UMT 0 1 0 0 0 80 0
S
0 2 0 0 0 60 0

0 3 0 0 0 40 0

0 4 0 0 0 30 0

LTE 0 0 1 0 0 0 5/10/15/
20 MHz:
1 x 60
1.4/3
MHz: 1
x 40

0 0 2 0 0 0 5/10/15/
20 MHz:
1 x 60
1.4/3
MHz: 1
x 40

Table 13-83 Output Power of an MRFUe (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GU MSR)

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 2 1 40 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

3 1 25 30

4 1 24 20

4 1 20 30

5 1 18 20

5 1 16 30

6 1 13 20

7 1 10 20

1 2 40 40

2 2 20 30

3 2 20 20

3 2 15 30

4 2 18 20

5 2 12 20

Table 13-84 Output Power of an MRFUe (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GL MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers LTE Carriers per GSM per LTE
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + LTE 1 1 (MIMO) 60 5/10/15/20


MHz: 60
1.4/3 MHz: 40

2 1 (MIMO) 40 40

3 1 (MIMO) 25 30

3 1 (MIMO) 20 40

4 1 (MIMO) 24 20

4 1 (MIMO) 20 30

5 1 (MIMO) 20 20

5 1 (MIMO) 16 30

6 1 (MIMO) 13 20

7 1 (MIMO) 10 20

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The typical power consumption and the maximum power consumption are measured when the base station
works at a temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station works with 30% load and power
control and DTX are enabled. The maximum power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station
works with 100% load.

Table 13-85 Power consumption (configured with MRFUe, 1800 MHz)


Cabinet Mode Configurat Output Typical Maximum
ion Power per Power Power
Carrier Consump Consumption
(W) tion (W) (W)

S9/9/9 20 1715 2750


BTS3900 S10/10/10 20 1880 3035
(Ver.C) GSM
(-48V) S11/11/11 20 2000 3230

S12/12/12 20 2120 3425

S9/9/9 20 1745 2780


BTS3900L S10/10/10 20 1910 3065
(Ver.C) GSM
(-48V) S11/11/11 20 2030 3260

S12/12/12 20 2150 3455

S9/9/9 20 1745 2780


BTS3900A S10/10/10 20 1910 3065
(Ver.C) GSM
(-48V) S11/11/11 20 2030 3260

S12/12/12 20 2150 3455

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-86 shows equipment specifications of an MRFUe.

Table 13-86 Equipment specifications of an MRFUe


Type Dimension (H x W x D) Weight (kg)

MRFUe 9 U x 14 HP x 308.5 mm ≤12


(with the panel)

Table 13-87 shows the surge protection specifications for the ports on an MRFUe.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-87 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an MRFUe

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

DC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-88 shows antenna capabilities for an MRFUe.

Table 13-88 Antenna capabilities for an MRFUe

Type TMA Capabilites RET Antenna Capabilities

MRFUe Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE
For RFUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

13.2 Technical Specifications for RRUs


This section provides technical specifications for RRUs, including supported modes, frequency
bands, RF specifications, engineering specifications, and antenna capabilities.

13.2.1 RRU3004 Technical Specifications


The RRU3004 is a Remote Radio Unit (RRU) based on the dual density technology. It supports
distributed or tower-mounting installation, and is usually used in scenarios requiring medium
or small capacity. The RRU3004 supports AC and DC power inputs and performs modulation,
demodulation, data processing, and combining and dividing for baseband and RF signals.

Modes and Frequency Bands Supported by an RRU3004


Table 13-89 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3004.

Table 13-89 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3004


Type Mode Frequency Band Receive Transmit
(MHz) Frequency Band Frequency Band
(MHz) (MHz)

RRU3004 GSM 900 EGSM 880 to 915 925 to 960

900 PGSM 890 to 915 935 to 960

1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880

RF Specifications
Table 13-90 shows RF specifications for an RRU3004.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-90 RF specifications for an RRU3004


Type Trans Capaci Receiver Sensitivity Output Power Power
mit ty (dBm) Consum
and ption
Receiv Receiver Receiver
e Sensitivity Sensitivity
Chann with One with Two
el Antenna Antennas

RRU30 2T2R 2 -113 -115.8 RRU3004 (900 Power


04 carriers MHz) output consump
power tion
RRU3004 (RRU30
(1800 MHz) 04
output power operatin
g in 900
MHz
configur
ed)
Power
consump
tion
(RRU30
04
operatin
g in 1800
MHz
configur
ed)

NOTE

The configuration of S3 and S4 needs two RRU3004 modules.

Table 13-91 RRU3004 (900 MHz) output power


Carrier Number BCCH Carrier Output Power

1 30 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

2 30 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

3 15 W (GMSK)/10 W (8PSK)

4 15 W (GMSK)/10 W (8PSK)

1 (PBT) 40 W (GMSK)/26 W (8PSK)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-92 RRU3004 (1800 MHz) output power


Carrier Number BCCH Carrier Output Power

1 20 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK)

2 20 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK)

3 10 W (GMSK)/6.6 W (8PSK)

4 10 W (GMSK)/6.6 W (8PSK)

1 (PBT) 30 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

Table 13-93 Power consumption (RRU3004 operating in 900 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

DBS3900 S2/2/2, TOC = 480 700


30 W

Table 13-94 Power consumption (RRU3004 operating in 1800 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

DBS3900 S2/2/2, TOC = 480 720


20 W

NOTE

l The typical and maximum power consumption in the preceding table refers to the power consumption
at the temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption is reached when the RRU3004 works with 30% load.
l TOC in the preceding table refers to the cabinet-top power of BTSs with duplex ports.
l The preceding table uses the power consumption of DBS3900 -48 V DC as an example.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-95 shows equipment specifications for an RRU3004.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-95 Equipment specifications for an RRU3004

Type Input Power Dimension (H x W Weight (kg)


Specifications x D)

RRU3004 -48 V DC Voltage 485 mm x 380 mm x 17 (with the housing)


range: -36 V DC to 130 mm (with the
-57 V DC housing)

Table 13-96 shows environment specifications for an RRU3004.

Table 13-96 Environment specifications for an RRU3004

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3004 -40°C to +50°C 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


(without solar RH m3 kPa
radiation)
-40°C to +45°C
(with solar
radiation)

Table 13-97 shows the standards with which an RRU3004 complies.

Table 13-97 Standards with which an RRU3004 complies

Type Operating Anti-Seismic Protection Level


Environment Performance

RRU3004 Standards NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 45.005
l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-98 describes the surge protection specifications for RRU3004 ports.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-98 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3004


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to the mode
scenario
where Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
RRU3004 mode
modules are Surge Differential 5 kA
installed current mode
indoors
Common 5 kA
mode

Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to the mode
scenario
where Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
RRU3004 mode
modules are Surge Differential 40 kA
configured current mode
remotely or
placed Common 40 kA
outdoors mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Ports for Applicable Surge 250 A


cascading to all
RF modules scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 165


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

AISG RET Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


antenna port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 250 A


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 250 A
mode

I2C port on a Applicable Surge 250 A


local power to the
monitoring scenario
device and where
an alarm port batteries
under
monitoring
and RRUs
are installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
within 1 m.

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-99 shows antenna capabilities for an RRU3004.

Table 13-99 Antenna capabilities for an RRU3004


Type TMA Capability RET Antenna
Capabilities

RRU3004 Not supported Supports AISG1.1

NOTE

l An external BT is required if an RRU3004 needs to be configured with a TMA.


l For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

13.2.2 Technical Specifications for RRU3008


The RRU3008 is a Remote Radio Unit (RRU) based on the multi-carrier technology. It is usually
used in scenarios requiring large capacity. The RRU3008 supports AC and DC power inputs
and performs modulation, demodulation, data processing, and combining and dividing for
baseband and RF signals.

Modes and Frequency Bands Supported by an RRU3008


Table 13-100 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3008.

Table 13-100 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3008


Type Mode Frequency Band Receive Transmit
(MHz) Frequency Band Frequency Band
(MHz) (MHz)

RRU3008 GSM 850 824 to 849 869 to 894


V1
1800 1710 to 1755 1805 to 1850

1740 to 1785 1835 to 1880

1900 1850 to 1890 1930 to 1970

1870 to 1910 1950 to 1990

RRU3008 GSM 900 EGSM 880 to 915 925 to 960


V2
900 PGSM 890 to 915 935 to 960

900 CMCC 885 to 910 930 to 955

RF Specifications
Table 13-101 shows RF specifications for an RRU3008.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-101 RF specifications for an RRU3008

Type Trans Capaci Receiver Sensitivity Output Power Power


mit ty (dBm) Consum
and ption
Receiv Receiver Receiver
e Sensitivity Sensitivity
Chann with One with Two
els Antenna Antennas

RRU30 2T2R 8 -113 -115.8 RRU3008 V1 Power


08 V1 carriers (850/1800/190 consump
0 MHz) output tion
power (RRU30
08 V1
operatin
g in
900/1800
MHz
configur
ed)
Power
consump
tion
(RRU30
08 V1
operatin
g in
850/1900
MHz
configur
ed)

RRU30 l 900 l 900 RRU3008 V2 Power


08 V2 EGSM: EGSM: (900 MHz) consump
-113.3 -116.1 output power tion
l 900 l 900 (RRU30
PGSM/ PGSM/ 08 V2
900 900 operatin
CMCC: CMCC: g in 900
-113.5 -116.3 MHz
configur
ed)

Table 13-102 RRU3008 V1 (850/1800/1900 MHz) output power

Carrier BCCH Carrier Output Power BCCH Carrier Output Power


Number (Power Sharing Disabled) (Power Sharing Enabled)

3 20 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK)

4 15 W (GMSK)/10 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 168


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Carrier BCCH Carrier Output Power BCCH Carrier Output Power


Number (Power Sharing Disabled) (Power Sharing Enabled)

5 12 W (GMSK)/8.0 W (8PSK) 12 W (GMSK)/8.0 W (8PSK)

6 10 W (GMSK)/6.6 W (8PSK) 12 W (GMSK)/8.0 W (8PSK)

7 7.0 W (GMSK)/4.6 W (8PSK) 8.0 W (GMSK)/5.3 W (8PSK)

8 5.5 W (GMSK)/3.6 W (8PSK) 7.0 W (GMSK)/4.6 W (8PSK)

Table 13-103 RRU3008 V2 (900 MHz) output power


Carrier BCCH Carrier Output Power BCCH Carrier Output Power
Number (Power Sharing Disabled) (Power Sharing Enabled)

3 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

4 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK) 20 W (GMSK)/20 W (8PSK)

5 13 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK) 15 W (GMSK)/15 W (8PSK)

6 13 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK) 15 W (GMSK)/15 W (8PSK)

7 10 W (GMSK)/10 W (8PSK) 13 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK)

8 10 W (GMSK)/10 W (8PSK) 13 W (GMSK)/13 W (8PSK)

NOTE

l After design optimization, RRU3008 modules with the configuration of S1 to S6 have the same output
power no matter they use the Gaussian minimum shift-frequency keying (GMSK) or 8 phase shift
keying (8PSK) modulation scheme.
l With the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature, RRU3008 modules with the
configuration of S7 to S8 can also have the same output power no matter they use the GMSK or
8PSK modulation scheme.
l RF standard: EN 301 502 V9.2.1.

Table 13-104 Power consumption (RRU3008 V1 operating in 900/1800 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

DBS3900 S4/4/4, TOC = 720 1260


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 640 1180


12 W

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-105 Power consumption (RRU3008 V1 operating in 850/1900 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

DBS3900 S4/4/4, TOC = 700 1220


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 620 1130


12 W

Table 13-106 Power consumption (RRU3008 V2 operating in 900 MHz configured)


Cabinet Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power
Consumption (W) Consumption (W)

DBS3900 S4/4/4, TOC = 640 1130


20 W

S6/6/6, TOC = 630 1270


15 W

NOTE

l TOC refers to the cabinet-top power of BTSs with duplex ports.


l The typical power consumption is reached when the RRU3008 works with 30% load.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-107 shows equipment specifications for an RRU3008.

Table 13-107 Equipment specifications for an RRU3008


Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight (kg)
Specifications W x D)

RRU3008 -48 V DC, voltage 485 mm x 380 mm x 23 (with the housing)


range: -36 V DC to 170 mm (with the
-57 V DC housing)

Table 13-108 shows environment specifications for an RRU3008.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-108 Environment specifications for an RRU3008

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3008 V1 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


+50°C RH m3 kPa
(without
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+45°C (with
solar
radiation)

RRU3008 V2 l -40°C to
+55°C
(without
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+50°C (with
solar
radiation)

Table 13-109 shows the standards with which an RRU3008 complies.

Table 13-109 Standards with which an RRU3008 complies

Type Operating Anti-Seismic Protection Level


Environment Performance

RRU3008 Standards NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 45.005
l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-110 and Table 13-111 describes the surge protection specifications for RRU3008
ports.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-110 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3008 V1


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to the mode
scenario
where Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
RRU3008 mode
modules are Surge Differential 5 kA
installed current mode
indoors
Common 5 kA
mode

Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to the mode
scenario
where Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
RRU3008 mode
modules are Surge Differential 40 kA
configured current mode
remotely or
placed Common 40 kA
outdoors mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Ports for Applicable Surge 250 A


cascading to all
RF modules scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

AISG RET Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


antenna port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 250 A


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 250 A
mode

I2C port on a Applicable Surge 250 A


local power to the
monitoring scenario
device and where
an alarm port batteries
under
monitoring
and RRUs
are installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
within 1 m.

Table 13-111 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3008 V2


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to the mode
scenario

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

where Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)


RRU3008 mode
V2 modules
are installed Surge Differential 5 kA
indoors current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to the mode
scenario
where Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
RRU3008 mode
V2 are Surge Differential 40 kA
configured current mode
remotely or
placed Common 40 kA
outdoors mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Ports for Applicable Surge 250 A


cascading to all
RF modules scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 174


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

I2C port on a Applicable Surge 250 A


local power to the
monitoring scenario
device and where
an alarm port batteries
under
monitoring
and RRUs
are installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
within 1 m.

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-112 shows antenna capabilities for an RRU3008.

Table 13-112 Antenna capabilities for an RRU3008


Type TMA Capability RET Antenna
Capabilities

RRU3008 Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.2.3 Technical Specifications for RRU3801E


An RRU3801E, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of two carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-113 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3801E.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-113 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3801E


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3801E UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170


(DC)
1900 1850 to 1910 1930 to 1990

850 824 to 835 869 to 880

RRU3801E 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170


(AC)

RF Specifications
Table 13-114 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3801E.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-114 RRU3801E RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensiti Sensiti
vity vity vity
with with with
One Two Four
Antenn Antenn Antenn
a as as

RRU380 1T2R 2 carriers l 2100 l 2100 l 2100 RRU380 l Powe


1E MHz: MHz: MHz: 1E r
-125. --128 -131. output cons
8 .6 3 power umpt
l 1900 l 1900 l 1900 ion of
MHz: MHz: MHz: DBS
-125. -128. -130. 3900
3 1 8 with
RRU
l 850 l 850 l 850 3801
MHz: MHz: MHz: E
-125. -128. -131. (DC)
6 4 1
l Powe
r
cons
umpt
ion of
DBS
3900
with
RRU
3801
E
(AC)
l Powe
r
cons
umpt
ion of
BTS3
900C
with
RRU
3801
E
(DC)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector
over the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER)
does not exceed 0.001.
l The receiver sensitivity on the 850 MHz band is measured on its subbands.

The RRU3801E supports a maximum of two carriers. The maximum output power is 40 W.

Table 13-115 RRU3801E output power


Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier
(W)

1 40

2 20

NOTE

Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output power
is measured at the antenna port.

Table 13-116 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3801E (DC)


Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration
ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 390 480 2.4 5.7 11.3

3x2 20 480 650 1.7 4.3 9

Table 13-117 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3801E (AC)


Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration
ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 390 480 2.4 5.7 11.3

3x2 20 480 650 1.7 4.3 9.0

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-118 Power consumption of BTS3900C with RRU3801E (DC)


Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration
ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

1x1 20 190 240 5.5 12.6 23.2

1x2 20 220 290 4.5 10.9 20.0

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l One WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-119 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3801E.

Table 13-119 Equipment specifications of an RRU3801E


Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight
W x D)

RRU3801E (DC) -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 l 15 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 140 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 17 kg (with the
housing and housing)
connectors)
l 485 mm x 285
mm x 170 mm
(with the
housing)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight


W x D)

RRU3801E (AC) l 200 V AC to 240 l 480 mm x 270 l 20.5 kg (without


V AC single- mm x 220 mm the housing)
phase; voltage (without the l 22.5 kg (with the
range: 176 V AC housing and housing)
to 290 V AC connectors)
l 100 V AC to 120 l 485 mm x 285
V AC or 200 V mm x 250 mm
AC to 240 V AC (with the
dual-phase; housing)
voltage range: 90
V AC to 135 V
AC or 180 V AC
to 270 V AC

Table 13-120 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3801E.

Table 13-120 Environmental specifications of an RRU3801E

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3801E l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% (1 to 30) g/m3 70 kPa to 106


+50°C (with RH kPa
1120 W/m2
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+55°C
(without
solar
radiation)

Table 13-121 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3801E.

Table 13-121 Compliance standards of an RRU3801E

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3801E (DC) l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3801E (AC) weatherprotected IP55


locations"

Table 13-122 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3801E.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-122 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3801E

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Indoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Surge Differential 5 kA
current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Outdoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Surge Differential 40 kA
current mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Common 40 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-123 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3801E.

Table 13-123 Antenna capability of an RRU3801E

Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3801E Supported AISG1.1

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.4 Technical Specifications for RRU3804


An RRU3804, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-124 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3804.

Table 13-124 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3804


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3804 (DC) UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

1900 1850 to 1910 1930 to 1990

AWS 1710 to 1755 2110 to 2155

850 824 to 849 869 to 894

835 to 849 880 to 894

RRU3804 (AC) 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-125 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3804.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-125 RRU3804 RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensiti
vity ity with vity
with Two with
One Antenn Four
Antenn as Antenn
a as

RRU380 1T2R 4 carriers l 2100 l 2100 l 2100 RRU380 l Powe


4 MHz MHz MHz 4 output r
or or or power cons
AWS AWS AWS umpt
: : : ion of
-125. -128. -131. DBS
8* 6* 3* 3900
l 1900 l 1900 l 1900 with
MHz MHz: MHz: RRU
: -128. -130. 3804
-125. 1* 8* (DC)
3* l 850 l 850 l Powe
l 850 MHz MHz r
MHz **: **: cons
**: -128. -131. umpt
-125. 4* 1* ion of
6* DBS
3900
with
RRU
3804
(AC)
l Powe
r
cons
umpt
ion of
BTS3
900C
with
RRU
3804
(DC)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l *The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector
over the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and that the bit error rate (BER)
does not exceed 0.001.
l **The receiver sensitivity on the 850 MHz band is measured on its subbands.

The RRU3804 supports a maximum of four carriers. The maximum output power is 60 W.

Table 13-126 RRU3804 output power

Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier


(W)

1 60

2 30

3 20

4 15

NOTE

Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output power
is measured at the antenna port.

Table 13-127 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3804 (DC)

Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration


ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 390 480 2.4 5.7 11.3

3x2 20 480 650 1.7 4.3 9.0

3x3 20 630 860 1.2 3.1 6.7

3x4 15 630 860 1.2 3.1 6.7

Table 13-128 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3804 (AC)

Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration


ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 435 540 2.0 4.9 10.1

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration


ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

3x2 20 555 740 1.4 3.7 7.8

3x3 20 720 980 0.9 2.7 5.6

3x4 15 720 980 0.9 2.7 5.6

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 4 configuration, antenna port output power per carrier is 15 W in the calculation of typical and
maximum power consumption values.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-129 Power consumption of BTS3900C with RRU3804 (DC)

Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration


ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

1x1 20 190 240 5.5 12.6 23.2

1x2 20 220 290 4.5 10.9 20.0

1x3 20 260 350 3.8 9.0 16.9

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l One WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-130 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3804.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-130 Equipment specifications of an RRU3804


Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight
W x D)

RRU3804 (DC) -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 l 15 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 140 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 17 kg (with the
housing and housing)
connectors)
l 485 mm x 285
mm x 170 mm
(with the
housing)

RRU3804 (AC) l 200 V AC to 240 l 480 mm x 270 l 20.5 kg (without


V AC single- mm x 220 mm the housing)
phase; voltage (without the l 22.5 kg (with the
range: 176 V AC housing and housing)
to 290 V AC connectors)
l 100 V AC to 120 l 485 mm x 285
V AC or 200 V mm x 250 mm
AC to 240 V AC (with the
dual-phase; housing)
voltage range: 90
V AC to 135 V
AC or 180 V AC
to 270 V AC

Table 13-131 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3804.

Table 13-131 Environmental specifications of an RRU3804


Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3804 (DC) l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% (1 to 30) g/m3 70 kPa to 106


+50°C (with RH kPa
RRU3804 (AC) 1120 W/m2
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+55°C
(without
solar
radiation)

Table 13-132 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3804.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-132 Compliance standards for an RRU3804

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3804 (DC) l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
RRU3804 (AC) IP55
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-133 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3804.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-133 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3804

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Indoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Surge Differential 5 kA
current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Outdoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Surge Differential 40 kA
current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-134 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3804.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-134 Antenna capability of an RRU3804


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3804 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.5 Technical Specifications for RRU3805


An RRU3805, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of three carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-135 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3805.

Table 13-135 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3805


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3805 UMTS 1800 1749.9 to 1844.9 to 1859.9


1764.9

1900 1850 to 1890 1930 to 1970

1870 to 1910 1950 to 1990

850 835 to 849 880 to 894

RF Specifications
Table 13-136 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3805.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-136 RRU3805 RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consum
Channe Receive Receive Receive ption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensiti
vity ity with vity
with Two with
One Antenn Four
Antenn as Antenn
a as

RRU380 2T2R l 1800 l 1800 l 1800 l 1800 RRU38 l DBS3


5 MHz: MHz MHz: MHz: 05 900
3 : --128 --130 output powe
carrie -125. .1 .8 power r
rs 3 l 1900 l 1900 consu
l 1900 l 1900 MHz MHz mptio
MHz MHz or or n
or or 850 850 (1800
850 850 MHz: MHz: MHz
MHz: MHz -128. -130. RRU
2 : 0 7 3805
carrie -125. witho
rs 2 ut
MIM
O)
l DBS3
900
powe
r
consu
mptio
n
(1800
MHz
RRU
3805
with
MIM
O)
l DBS3
900
powe
r
consu
mptio
n
(1900
MHz/
850

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power


TX y Consum
Channe Receive Receive Receive ption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensiti
vity ity with vity
with Two with
One Antenn Four
Antenn as Antenn
a as

MHz
RRU
3805
witho
ut
MIM
O)
l DBS3
900
powe
r
consu
mptio
n
(1900
MHz/
850
MHz
RRU
3805
with
MIM
O)

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.

The RRU3805 (1800 MHz) supports a maximum of three carriers. The maximum output power
is 2 x 60 W. The RRU3805 (1900 MHz or 850 MHz) supports a maximum of two carriers. The
maximum output power is 2 x 30 W.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-137 RRU3805 output power

Type Output Power

RRU3805 (1800 MHz) The RRU3805(1800 MHz) supports a


maximum of three carriers. The output power
at its antenna port is 2 x 60 W.
l Configurations of single-output, multiple-
input multiple-output (MIMO), or
combination of the two are supported.
l Single-output configuration: The
maximum output power of each TX
channel is 60 W.
l MIMO configuration: The maximum
output power is 2 x 60 W.
l Combined configuration: The maximum
output power of each TX channel is 60 W.

RRU3805 (1900 MHz or 850 MHz) The RRU3805(1900 MHz or 850 MHz)
supports a maximum of two carriers. The
output power at its antenna port is 2 x 30 W.
l Configurations of single-output, multiple-
input multiple-output (MIMO), or
combination of the two are supported.
l Single-output configuration: The
maximum output power of each TX
channel is 40 W.
l MIMO configuration: The maximum
output power is 2 x 30 W.
l Combined configuration: The maximum
output power of each TX channel is 30 W.

NOTE

Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output power
is measured at the antenna port.

Table 13-138 DBS3900 power consumption (1800 MHz RRU3805 without MIMO)

Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power Backup Duration


(Carrier x Consumption Power Estimated Based on Typical
Sector) (W) Consumption Power Consumption of New
(W) Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 540 630 3.3 6

3x2 805 1045 2 3.6

3x3 1000 1300 1.6 2.9

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-139 DBS3900 power consumption (1800 MHz RRU3805 with MIMO)
Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power Backup Duration
(Carrier x Consumption Power Estimated Based on Typical
Sector) (W) Consumption Power Consumption of New
(W) Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 735 975 2.1 3.9

3x2 1045 1405 1.5 2.7

Table 13-140 DBS3900 power consumption (1900 MHz/850 MHz RRU3805 without MIMO)
Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power Backup Duration
(Carrier x Consumption Power Estimated Based on Typical
Sector) (W) Consumption Power Consumption of New
(W) Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 540 615 3.3 6.1

3x2 835 985 2.1 3.8

Table 13-141 DBS3900 power consumption (1900 MHz/850 MHz RRU3805 with MIMO)
Configuration Typical Power Maximum Power Backup Duration
(Carrier x Consumption Power Estimated Based on Typical
Sector) (W) Consumption Power Consumption of New
(W) Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 540 615 3.3 6.1

3x2 835 985 2.1 3.8

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-142 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3805.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 194


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-142 Equipment specifications of an RRU3805

Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight


W x D)

RRU3805 -48 V DC; voltage l 485 mm x 356 l 22 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 140 mm housing)
-36 V DC (1800 (without the l 24 kg (with the
MHz) housing and housing)
connectors)
-48 V DC; voltage
l 485 mm x 380
range: -57 V DC to
mm x 170 mm
-38.4 V DC (1900
(with the
MHz or 850 MHz)
housing)

Table 13-143 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3805.

Table 13-143 Environmental specifications of an RRU3805

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3805 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


+45°C (with RH m3 kPa
1120 W/m2
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+50°C
(without
solar
radiation)

Table 13-144 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3805.

Table 13-144 Compliance standards for an RRU3805

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3805 l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Surge Protection Specifications


Table 13-145 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3805.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-145 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3805


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-146 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3805.

Table 13-146 Antenna capability of an RRU3805


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3805 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.6 Technical Specifications for RRU3806


An RRU3806, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-147 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3806.

Table 13-147 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3806


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3806 UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-148 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3806.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-148 RRU3806 RF specifications

Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power


TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensiti
vity ity with vity
with Two with
One Antenn Four
Antenn as Antenn
a as

RRU380 1T2R 4 carriers -125.8 -128.6 -131.3 RRU380 l Powe


6 6 output r
power cons
umpt
ion of
DBS
3900
with
RRU
3806
(DC)
l Powe
r
cons
umpt
ion of
DBS
3900
with
RRU
3806
(AC)
l Powe
r
cons
umpt
ion of
BTS3
900C
with
RRU
3806
(DC)

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

The RRU3806 supports a maximum of four carriers. The output power at its antenna port is 80
W.

Table 13-149 RRU3806 output power

Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier


(W)

1 80

2 40

3 26

4 20

NOTE

Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output power
is measured at the antenna port.

Table 13-150 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3806 (DC)

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 400 480 5.5 11

3x2 20 490 650 4.2 8.8

3x3 20 630 860 3.16 6.6

3x4 20 710 1030 2.8 5.7

Table 13-151 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3806 (AC)

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 435 540 4.9 10.1

3x2 20 555 740 3.7 7.8

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x3 20 690 950 2.8 5.8

3x4 20 780 1130 2.4 5.0

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-152 Power consumption of BTS3900C with RRU3806 (DC)


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

1x1 20 190 240 12.6 23.2

1x2 20 220 290 10.9 20.0

1x3 20 260 350 9.0 16.9

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l One WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-153 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3806.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-153 Equipment specifications of an RRU3806


Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight
W x D)

RRU3806 (DC) -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 l 15 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 140 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 17 kg (with the
housing and housing)
connectors)
l 485 mm x 285
mm x 170 mm
(with the
housing)

RRU3806 (AC) l 200 V AC to 240 l 480 mm x 270 l 20.5 kg (without


V AC single- mm x 220 mm the housing)
phase; voltage (without the l 22.5 kg (with the
range: 176 V AC housing and housing)
to 290 V AC connectors)
l 100 V AC to 120 l 485 mm x 285
V AC or 200 V mm x 250 mm
AC to 240 V AC (with the
dual-phase; housing)
voltage range: 90
V AC to 135 V
AC or 180 V AC
to 270 V AC

Table 13-154 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3806.

Table 13-154 Environmental specifications of an RRU3806


Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3806 (DC) l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% (1 to 30) g/m3 70 kPa to 106


+50°C (with RH kPa
RRU3806 (AC) 1120 W/m2
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+55°C
(without
solar
radiation)

Table 13-155 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3806.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 201


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-155 Compliance standards for an RRU3806

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3806 (DC) l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
RRU3806 (AC) IP55
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-156 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3806.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-156 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3806

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Indoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Surge Differential 5 kA
current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Outdoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Surge Differential 40 kA
current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-157 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3806.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-157 Antenna capability of an RRU3806


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3806 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.7 Technical Specifications for RRU3808


An RRU3808, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-158 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3808.

Table 13-158 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3808


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3808 UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170


LTE
AWS 1710 to 1755 2110 to 2155

RF Specifications
Table 13-159 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3808.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-159 RRU3808 RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

RRU380 2T2R UMTS: UMTS: UMTS: UMTS: RRU380 UMTS:


8 4 carriers -125.8 -128.6 -131.3 8 output l DBS
LTE: 1 LTE: LTE: LTE: N/ power 3900
carrier. -106.3 -109.1 A powe
The r
bandwid cons
th of umpt
each ion
carrier (2100
can be: MHz
l 1.4 RRU
MHz, 3808
3MH with
z, 5 out
MHz, MIM
10 O)
MHz, l DBS
15 3900
MHz, powe
or r
20M cons
Hz in umpt
the ion
AWS (2100
band. MHz
l 5 RRU
MHz, 3808
10 with
MHz, MIM
15 O)
MHz, l DBS
or 3900
20M powe
Hz in r
the cons
2100 umpt
MHz ion
band. (AW
S

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 205


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power


TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

RRU
3808
with
out
MIM
O)
l DBS
3900
powe
r
cons
umpt
ion
(AW
S
RRU
3808
with
MIM
O)
LTE:
320 W

NOTE

l The receiver sensitivity of UMTS is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna
connector over the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error
rate (BER) does not exceed 0.001.
l The LTE receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, under a 5 MHz
channel bandwidth based on the FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R = 1/3, 25 RBs) standard.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-160 RRU3808 output power

Type Mode Output Power

RRU3808 UMTS The RRU3808 supports a


maximum of four carriers.
The output power at its
antenna port is 2 x 40 W.
l Configurations of single-
output, multiple-input
multiple-output (MIMO),
or combination of the two
are supported.
l Single-output
configuration: The
maximum output power
of each TX channel is 40
W.
l MIMO configuration:
The maximum output
power is 2 x 40 W.
l Combined configuration:
The maximum output
power of each TX channel
is 40 W.
l Uneven power
configuration is
supported.

LTE 2 x 40 W

NOTE

Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output power
is measured at the antenna port.

Table 13-161 DBS3900 power consumption (2100 MHz RRU3808 without MIMO)

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 410 490 5.2 10.7

3x2 20 510 640 4 8.5

3x3 20 740 950 2.6 5.5

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x4 20 800 1060 2.4 4.9

NOTE

l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-162 DBS3900 power consumption (2100 MHz RRU3808 with MIMO)

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 2 x 10 460 570 4.5 9.4

3x2 2 x 10 580 730 3.6 7.2

3x3 2 x 10 730 950 2.6 5.6

3x4 2 x 10 800 1060 2.4 4.9

NOTE

l In 3 x 1 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 2 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 configuration, three WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 4 configuration, four WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-163 DBS3900 power consumption (AWS RRU3808 without MIMO)

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 410 482 5.2 10.8

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x2 20 518 632 4 8.4

3x3 20 721 931 2.7 5.6

3x4 20 835 1051 2.3 4.7

NOTE

l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-164 DBS3900 power consumption (AWS RRU3808 with MIMO)


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 2 x 10 470 572 4.4 9.2

3x2 2 x 10 628 766 3.2 6.7

3x3 2 x 10 774 975 2.5 5.1

3x4 2 x 10 890 1109 2.1 4.3

NOTE

l In 3 x 1 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 2 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 configuration, three WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 4 configuration, four WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Equipment Specifications
Table 13-165 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3808.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-165 Equipment specifications of an RRU3808

Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight


W x D)

RRU3808 -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 l 17 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 140 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 19 kg (with the
housing and housing)
connectors)
l 485 mm x 285
mm x 170 mm
(with the
housing)

Table 13-166 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3808.

Table 13-166 Environmental specifications of an RRU3808

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3808 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% (1 to 30) g/m3 70 kPa to 106


+55°C RH kPa
(without
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+50°C (with
solar
radiation)

Table 13-167 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3808.

Table 13-167 Compliance standards for an RRU3808

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3808 Standards: NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 25.141
l 3GPP TS 36.141
l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-168 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3808.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-168 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3808


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-169 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3808.

Table 13-169 Antenna capability of an RRU3808


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3808 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.8 Technical Specifications for RRU3824


An RRU3824, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-170 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3824.

Table 13-170 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3824


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3824 UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-171 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3824.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-171 RRU3824 RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensiti
vity ity with vity
with Two with
One Antenn Four
Antenn as Antenn
a as

RRU382 1T2R 4 carriers -125.8* -128.6* -131.3* RRU382 l Powe


4 (2100 (2100 (2100 4 output r
MHz) MHz) MHz) power cons
umpt
ion of
DBS
3900
with
RRU
3824
l Powe
r
cons
umpt
ion of
BTS3
900C
with
RRU
3824

NOTE

l *The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector
over the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and that the bit error rate (BER)
does not exceed 0.001.

The RRU3824 supports a maximum of four carriers. The maximum output power is 60 W.

Table 13-172 RRU3824 output power


Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier
(W)

1 60

2 30

3 20

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 213


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier


(W)

4 15

NOTE

Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output power
is measured at the antenna port.

Table 13-173 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3824


Configur Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration
ation Power Power m Power Estimated Based on Typical
(Carrier x per Consum Consum Power Consumption of New
Sector) Carrier ption (W) ption (W) Batteries (Hours)
(W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 390 480 2.4 5.7 11.3

3x2 20 480 650 1.7 4.3 9.0

3x3 20 630 860 1.2 3.1 6.7

3x4 15 630 860 1.2 3.1 6.7

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 4 configuration, antenna port output power per carrier is 15 W in the calculation of typical and
maximum power consumption values.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-174 Power consumption of BTS3900C with RRU3824


Configu Output Typical Maximu Power Backup Duration Estimated
ration Power Power m Power Based on Typical Power
(Carrier per Consum Consum Consumption of New Batteries
x Sector) Carrier ption ption (Hours)
(W) (W) (W)
24 Ah 50 Ah 92 Ah

1x1 20 190 240 5.5 12.6 23.2

1x2 20 220 290 4.5 10.9 20.0

1x3 20 260 350 3.8 9.0 16.9

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 214


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l One WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-175 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3824.

Table 13-175 Equipment specifications of an RRU3824

Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight


W x D)

RRU3824 -48 V DC; voltage l 400 mm x 300 l 14 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 120 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 15 kg (with the
NOTE housing and housing)
The RRU3824 connectors)
supports AC
l 400 mm x 300
applications after
being configured with mm x 100 mm
an AC/DC power (with the
module. For details, housing)
see the AC/DC Power
Module User Guide.

Table 13-176 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3824.

Table 13-176 Environmental specifications of an RRU3824

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3824 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


+50°C (with RH m3 kPa
1120 W/m2
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+55°C
(without
solar
radiation)

Table 13-177 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3824.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-177 Compliance standards for an RRU3824

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3824 l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-178 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3824.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-178 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3824

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Indoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Surge Differential 5 kA
current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Outdoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Surge Differential 40 kA
current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-179 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3824.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-179 Antenna capability of an RRU3824


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3824 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.9 Technical Specifications for RRU3826


An RRU3826, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-180 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3826.

Table 13-180 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3826


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3826 UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-181 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3826.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-181 RRU3826 RF specifications

Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power


TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensiti
vity ity with vity
with Two with
One Antenn Four
Antenn as Antenn
a as

RRU382 1T2R 4 carriers -125.8 -128.6 -131.3 RRU382 l Powe


6 6 output r
power cons
umpt
ion of
DBS
3900
with
RRU
3826
l Powe
r
cons
umpt
ion of
BTS3
900C
with
RRU
3826

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.

The RRU3826 supports a maximum of four carriers. The output power at its antenna port is 80
W.

Table 13-182 RRU3826 output power

Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier


(W)

1 80

2 40

3 26

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 219


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Number of Carriers Maximum Output Power per Carrier


(W)

4 20

NOTE

Maximum output power = Maximum output power of the PA - Internal loss. The maximum output power
is measured at the antenna port.

Table 13-183 Power consumption of DBS3900 with RRU3826


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 400 480 5.5 11

3x2 20 490 650 4.2 8.8

3x3 20 630 860 3.16 6.6

3x4 20 710 1030 2.8 5.7

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPb4 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-184 Power consumption of BTS3900C with RRU3826


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

1x1 20 190 240 12.6 23.2

1x2 20 220 290 10.9 20.0

1x3 20 260 350 9.0 16.9

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 220


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40% load
at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l One WBBPb4 board and one WMPT board are configured.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-185 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3826.

Table 13-185 Equipment specifications of an RRU3826

Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight


W x D)

RRU3826 -48 V DC; voltage l 400 mm x 300 l 14 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 120 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 15 kg (with the
NOTE housing and housing)
The RRU3826 connectors)
supports AC
l 400 mm x 300
applications after
being configured with mm x 100 mm
an AC/DC power (with the
module. For details, housing)
see the AC/DC Power
Module User Guide.

Table 13-186 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3826.

Table 13-186 Environmental specifications of an RRU3826

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3826 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


+50°C (with RH m3 kPa
1120 W/m2
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+55°C
(without
solar
radiation)

Table 13-187 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3826.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 221


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-187 Compliance standards for an RRU3826

Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3826 l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-188 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3826.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-188 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3826

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC power Indoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Surge Differential 5 kA
current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Outdoor Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


applications mode

Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)


mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 222


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Surge Differential 40 kA
current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-189 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3826.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 223


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-189 Antenna capability of an RRU3826


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3826 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.10 Technical Specifications for RRU3828


An RRU3828, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-190 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3828.

Table 13-190 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3828


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3828 UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-191 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3828.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 224


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-191 RRU3828 RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

RRU382 2T2R l With -126.1 -128.9 -131.6 l Outp l DBS


8 MIM ut 3900
O: 4 powe powe
carrie r of r
rs RRU cons
l With 3828 umpt
out with ion
MIM out (RR
O: 6 MIM U382
carrie O 8
rs l Outp with
ut out
powe MIM
r of O)
RRU l DBS
3828 3900
with powe
MIM r
O cons
l Carr umpt
ier ion
comb (RR
inati U382
ons 8
supp with
orted MIM
by O)
RRU
3828
in
hybri
d
confi
gurat
ions

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 225


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.

RRU3828s with MIMO and without MIMO support four carriers and six carriers, respectively.
The output power at its antenna port is 2 x 40 W.

NOTE

l Configurations of single-output, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), or combination of the two


are supported.
l Uneven power configuration is supported.

Table 13-192 Output power of RRU3828 without MIMO

Number of Carriers Number of Carriers Output Power per Carrier


Related to Power Related to Power (W)
Amplifier 1 Amplifier 2

1 0 40

2 0 20

3 0 13

4 0 10

1 1 40

2 2 20

3 3 13

Table 13-193 Output power of RRU3828 with MIMO

Number of MIMO Carriers Output Power per Carrier (W)

1 2 x 40

2 2 x 40

3 2 x 13

4 2 x 10

Table 13-194 Carrier combinations supported by RRU3828 in hybrid configurations

Number of MIMO Carriers Number of Single-Output Carriers

1 5

2 4

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 226


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Number of MIMO Carriers Number of Single-Output Carriers

3 2

NOTE

With hybrid configurations, the RRU3828 module supports a maximum of six carriers and each transmit
channel supports a maximum of four carriers. The maximum output power of each transmit channel is 40
W. For the output power of a MIMO carrier, see Table 13-193. For the output power of a single-output
carrier, see Table 13-192.

Table 13-195 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3828 without MIMO)

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 421 493 5.1 10.5

3x2 20 520 658 4 8.3

3x3 20 785 977 2.5 5

3x4 20 854 1109 2.2 4.5

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPd2 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-196 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3828 with MIMO)

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 2 x 10 535 604 3.9 8.1

3x2 2 x 10 689 824 2.9 5.9

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 227


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration


ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x3 2 x 10 864 1053 2.1 4.4

3x4 2 x 10 1011 1266 1.7 3.8

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 configuration, one WBBPd2 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 2 configuration, two WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 configuration, three WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 4 configuration, four WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-197 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3828.

Table 13-197 Equipment specifications of an RRU3828


Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight
W x D)

RRU3828 -48 V DC; voltage l 400 mm x 220 l 14 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 140 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 15 kg (with the
NOTE housing and housing)
The RRU3828 connectors)
supports AC
l 400 mm x 240
applications after
being configured with mm x 160 mm
an AC/DC power (with the
module. For details, housing)
see the AC/DC Power
Module User Guide.

Table 13-198 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3828.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 228


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-198 Environmental specifications of an RRU3828


Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3828 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% (1 to 30) g/m3 70 kPa to 106


+55°C RH kPa
(without
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+50°C (with
solar
radiation)

Table 13-199 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3828.

Table 13-199 Compliance standards for an RRU3828


Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating
Environment Performance

RRU3828 l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-200 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3828.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-200 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3828


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 229


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-201 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3828.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 230


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-201 Antenna capability of an RRU3828


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3828 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.11 Technical Specifications for RRU3829


An RRU3829, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of four carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-202 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3829.

Table 13-202 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3829


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3829 UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-203 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3829.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 231


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-203 RRU3829 RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Power Power
TX y Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

RRU382 2T2R l With -126.1 -128.9 -131.6 l Outp l DBS


9 MIM ut 3900
O: 4 powe powe
carrie r of r
rs RRU cons
l With 3829 umpt
out with ion
MIM out (RR
O: 6 MIM U382
carrie O 9
rs l Outp with
ut out
powe MIM
r of O)
RRU l DBS
3829 3900
with powe
MIM r
O cons
l Carr umpt
ier ion
comb (RR
inati U382
ons 9
supp with
orted MIM
by O)
RRU
3829
in
hybri
d
confi
gurat
ions

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 232


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.

RRU3829s with MIMO and without MIMO support four carriers and six carriers, respectively.
The output power at its antenna port is 2 x 60 W.

NOTE

l Configurations of single-output, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), or combination of the two


are supported.
l Uneven power configuration is supported.

Table 13-204 Output power of RRU3829 without MIMO

Number of Carriers Number of Carriers Output Power per Carrier


Related to Power Related to Power (W)
Amplifier 1 Amplifier 2

1 0 60

2 0 30

3 0 20

4 0 15

1 1 60

2 2 30

3 3 20

Table 13-205 Output power of RRU3829 with MIMO

Number of MIMO Carriers Output Power per Carrier (W)

1 40 + 40

2 30 + 30

3 20 + 20

4 15 + 15

Table 13-206 Carrier combinations supported by RRU3829 in hybrid configurations

Number of MIMO Carriers Number of Single-Output Carriers

1 5

2 4

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 233


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Number of MIMO Carriers Number of Single-Output Carriers

3 2

NOTE
With hybrid configurations, the RRU3829 module supports a maximum of six carriers and each transmit
channel supports a maximum of four carriers. The maximum output power of each transmit channel is 60
W. For the output power of a MIMO carrier, see Table 13-205. For the output power of a single-output
carrier, see Table 13-204.

Table 13-207 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3829 without MIMO)


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 454 529 4.7 9.5

3x2 20 550 691 3.8 7.9

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPd2 board and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-208 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3829 with MIMO)


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Carrier Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Sector) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x2 20 + 20 932 1214 2.0 4.1

3x3 20 + 20 1152 1557 1.5 3.2

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 234


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 2 configuration, two WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 configuration, three WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Equipment Specifications
Table 13-209 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3829.

Table 13-209 Equipment specifications of an RRU3829

Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight


W x D)

RRU3829 -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 l 20 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 40 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 22 kg (with the
NOTE housing and housing)
The RRU3829 connectors)
supports AC
l 485 mm x 300
applications after
being configured with mm x 170 mm
an AC/DC power (with the
module. For details, housing)
see the AC/DC Power
Module User Guide.

Table 13-210 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3829.

Table 13-210 Environmental specifications of an RRU3829

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3829 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% (1 to 30) g/m3 70 kPa to 106


+55°C RH kPa
(without
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+50°C (with
solar
radiation)

Table 13-211 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3829.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 235


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-211 Compliance standards for an RRU3829


Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating
Environment Performance

RRU3829 l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-212 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3829.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-212 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3829


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 236


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-213 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3829.

Table 13-213 Antenna capability of an RRU3829


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3829 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.12 Technical Specifications for RRU3832


An RRU3832, which is a remote radio unit for UMTS, supports a maximum of six carriers.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-214 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3832.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 237


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-214 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3832


Type Mode Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3832 UMTS 2100 1920 to 1980 2110 to 2170

RF Specifications
Table 13-215 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3832.
NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 238


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-215 RRU3832 RF specifications


Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
TX y Power Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

RRU383 2T2R l With -126.1 -128.9 -131.6 The l DBS


2 MIM RRU383 3900
O: 4 2 powe
carrie supports r
rs the cons
l With maximu umpt
out m power ion
MIM configur (RR
O: 6 ation 2 x U383
carrie 60 W. 2
rs The with
typical out
configur MIM
ations O)
are as l DBS
follows: 3900
l Outp powe
ut r
powe cons
r of umpt
RRU ion
3832 (RR
with U383
out 2
MIM with
O MIM
l Outp O)
ut
powe
r of
RRU
3832
with
MIM
O
l Carr
ier
comb
inati

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 239


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type RX and Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


TX y Power Consu
Channe Receive Receive Receive mption
l r r r
Sensiti Sensitiv Sensitiv
vity ity with ity with
with Two Four
One Antenn Antenn
Antenn as as
a

ons
supp
orted
by
RRU
3832
in
hybri
d
confi
gurat
ions

NOTE

The receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, at the antenna connector over
the full band on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does not
exceed 0.001.
NOTE

l Configurations of single-output, multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), or combination of the two


are supported.
l Uneven power configuration is supported.

Table 13-216 Output power of RRU3832 without MIMO


Number of Carriers Number of Carriers Output Power per Carrier
Related to Power Related to Power (W)
Amplifier 1 Amplifier 2

1 0 60

2 0 30

3 0 20

4 0 15

1 1 60

2 2 30

3 3 20

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 240


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-217 Output power of RRU3832 with MIMO


Number of MIMO Carriers Output Power per Carrier (W)

1 40 + 40

2 30 + 30

3 20 + 20

4 15 + 15

Table 13-218 Carrier combinations supported by RRU3832 in hybrid configurations


Number of MIMO Carriers Number of Single-Output Carriers

1 5

2 4

3 2

NOTE
With hybrid configurations, each transmit channel supports a maximum of four carriers. The maximum
output power of each transmit channel is 60 W. For the output power of a MIMO carrier, see Table
13-217. For the output power of a single-output carrier, see Table 13-216.

Table 13-219 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3832 without MIMO)


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Sector Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Carrier) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 500 560 4.1 8.6

3x2 20 560 695 3.6 7.7

3x3 20 695 860 2.8 5.8

3x4 20 845 1085 2.1 4.4

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 241


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 or 3 x 2 configuration, one WBBPd2 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 or 3 x 4 configuration, two WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Table 13-220 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3832 with MIMO)


Configurat Output Typical Maximum Power Backup Duration
ion (Sector Power per Power Power Estimated Based on
x Carrier) Carrier (W) Consumpti Consumpti Typical Power
on (W) on (W) Consumption of New
Batteries (Hours)

50 Ah 92 Ah

3x1 20 + 20 665 785 3.0 6.1

3x2 20 + 20 845 1070 2.1 4.4

3x3 20 + 20 1040 1370 1.6 3.6

NOTE

l Typical power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 40%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumption when the base station runs with 100%
load at the 25°C ambient temperature.
l In 3 x 1 configuration, one WBBPd2 board and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 2 configuration, two WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.
l In 3 x 3 configuration, three WBBPd2 boards and one WMPT board are configured.

Equipment Specifications
Table 13-221 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3832.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 242


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-221 Equipment specifications of an RRU3832


Type Input Power Dimensions (H x Weight
W x D)

RRU3832 -48 V DC; voltage l 400 mm x 300 l 14 kg (without the


range: -57 V DC to mm x 100 mm housing)
-36 V DC (without the l 15 kg (with the
NOTE housing) housing)
The RRU3832 l 400 mm x 300
supports AC
mm x 120 mm
applications after
being configured with (with the
an AC/DC power housing)
module. For details,
see the AC/DC Power
Module User Guide.

Table 13-222 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3832.

Table 13-222 Environmental specifications of an RRU3832


Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU3832 l -40°C to 5% RH to 100% (1 to 30) g/m3 70 kPa to 106


+55°C RH kPa
(without
solar
radiation)
l -40°C to
+50°C (with
solar
radiation)

Table 13-223 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3832.

Table 13-223 Compliance standards for an RRU3832


Type Operating Anti-seismic Protection Rating
Environment Performance

RRU3832 l 3GPP TS 25.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 243


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-224 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3832.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-224 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3832


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 µs)


port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 µs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

Port for RF Applicable Surge 250 A


module to all
cascading scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 244


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specifications


Scenario

Local power Monitored Surge 250 A


monitoring power and
and alarm RRUs are
port installed in
back-to-
back mode
or within 1
m.

Antenna Capability
Table 13-225 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3832.

Table 13-225 Antenna capability of an RRU3832


Type TMA Support RET Antenna Support

RRU3832 Supported AISG2.0 and AISG1.1

NOTE

For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.13 Technical Specifications for RRU3201


This section describes the technical specifications of the RRU3201.

Working Mode and Frequency Band


Table 13-226 describes the working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3201.

Table 13-226 Working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3201


Type Workin Frequency RX Band (MHz) TX Band (MHz)
g Mode Band (MHz)

RRU3201 LTE 700 (band 13) 777 to 787 746 to 756


FDD
2600 (band 7) Band C: 2500 to 2520 Band C: 2620 to 2640

Band D: 2510 to 2560 Band D: 2630 to 2680

Band E: 2550 to 2570 Band E: 2670 to 2690

RF Specifications
Table 13-227 describes the RF specifications of the RRU3201.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 245


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

The receiver sensitivity, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, is measured under 5 MHz channel
bandwidth @ FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R=1/3, 25 RB).

Table 13-227 RF specifications of the RRU3201


Type RX Capacity Receiver Output Power
and Sensitivity (dBm) Power Consumpt
TX (W) ion (W)
Chann 1T1R 1T2R
els

RRU3 2T2R One carrier. The l 700 l 700 2 x 40 l 700


201 bandwidth of each (band (band (band
carrier can be: 13): 13): 13): 315
l 5 MHz or 10 -105. -108. l 2600:
MHz in the 700 8 6 370
MHz band l 2600: l 2600:
l 5 MHz, 10 -105. -108.
MHz, 15 MHz, 8 6
or 20 MHz in the
2600 MHz band

NOTE
A x B in Output Power (W) indicates that the eNodeB uses A transmit (TX) channels and the output power of
each channel is B W.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-228 describes the physical specifications of the RRU3201.

Table 13-228 Physical specifications of the RRU3201


Type Input Power Dimensions (Height x Weight (kg)
Width x Depth)

RRU3201 -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 mm x 140 l ≤17.5 kg


range: -36 V DC to mm (18 L without the (without the
-57 V DC housing) housing)
l 485 mm x 285 mm x 170 l ≤19 kg (with the
mm (23.5 L with the housing)
housing)

Table 13-229 describes the environmental specifications of the RRU3201.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 246


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-229 Environmental specifications of the RRU3201

Type Temperature Relative Absolute Atmospheri


Humidity Humidity c Pressure

RRU3201 l -40ºC to +50ºC (with 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


solar radiation of RH m3 kPa
1120 W/m2)
l -40ºC to +55ºC
(without solar
radiation)

Table 13-230 describes the compliance standards for the RRU3201.

Table 13-230 Compliance standards of the RRU3201

Type Operating Anti-Seismic Ingress


Environment Performance Protection (IP)
Rating

RRU3201 l 3GPP TS 36.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4 V2.1.2
(2003-04) Class 4.1:
"Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-231 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3201.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications are based on the surge waveform of 8/20
μs.
l All the items of discharge current, unless otherwise specified as the maximum discharge current, refer to
those of the nominal discharge current.

Table 13-231 Surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3201

Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification


n Scenario

DC power All Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply mode
socket
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 247


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification


n Scenario

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port All Surge Differential 8 kA


current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port All Surge 250 A

RET port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capability
Table 13-232 describes the antenna capability of the RRU3201.

Table 13-232 Antenna capability of the RRU3201


Type TMA Support Capability RET Antenna Support
Capability

RRU3201 TMA supported AISG2.0-complied RET


antennas supported

NOTE
If an RRU supports RET antennas, the feeding voltage and feeding current are 12 V and 2.3 A, respectively.

13.2.14 Technical Specifications for RRU3203


This section describes the technical specifications of the RRU3203.

Working Mode and Frequency Band


Table 13-233 describes the working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3203.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 248


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-233 Working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3203


Type Worki Frequency Band RX Band (MHz) TX Band (MHz)
ng (MHz)
Mode

RRU3203 LTE 700 (band 12) 698 to 716 728 to 746


FDD

RF Specifications
Table 13-234 describes the RF specifications of the RRU3203.
The receiver sensitivity, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, is measured under 5 MHz channel
bandwidth @ FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R=1/3, 25 RB).

Table 13-234 RF specifications of the RRU3203


Type RX Capacity Receiver Sensitivity Output Power
and (dBm) Power Consum
TX (W) ption (W)
Chan 1T1R 1T2R
nels

RRU3 2T2R One carrier. The -105.8 -108.6 2 x 40 300


203 bandwidth of each
carrier can be 1.4
MHz, 3 MHz, 5
MHz, 10 MHz, or
15 MHz.

NOTE
A x B in Output Power (W) indicates that the eNodeB uses A transmit (TX) channels and the output power of
each channel is B W.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-235 describes the physical specifications of the RRU3203.

Table 13-235 Physical specifications of the RRU3203


Type Input Power Dimensions (Height x Weight (kg)
Width x Depth)

RRU3203 -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 356 mm x 140 l ≤23 kg (without


range: -36 V DC to mm (24 L without the the housing)
-57 V DC housing) l ≤25 kg (with the
l 485 mm x 381 mm x 170 housing)
mm (31.4 L with the
housing)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 249


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-236 describes the environmental specifications of the RRU3203.

Table 13-236 Environmental specifications of the RRU3203


Type Temperature Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU32 l -40ºC to 5% RH to 100% RH 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106 kPa


03 +50ºC (with
solar
radiation of
1120 W/
m2)
l -40ºC to
+55ºC
(without
solar
radiation)

Table 13-237 describes the compliance standards for the RRU3203.

Table 13-237 Compliance standards of the RRU3203


Type Operating Anti-Seismic Ingress
Environment Performance Protection (IP)
Rating

RRU3203 l 3GPP TS 36.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4 V2.1.2
(2003-04) Class 4.1:
"Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-238 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3203.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications are based on the surge waveform of 8/20
μs.
l All the items of discharge current, unless otherwise specified as the maximum discharge current, refer to
those of the nominal discharge current.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 250


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-238 Surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3203
Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification
n Scenario

DC power All Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply mode
socket
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port All Surge Differential 8 kA


current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port All Surge 250 A

RET port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capability
Table 13-239 describes the antenna capability of the RRU3203.

Table 13-239 Antenna capability of the RRU3203


Type TMA Support Capability RET Antenna Support
Capability

RRU3203 TMA supported AISG2.0-complied RET


antennas supported

NOTE
If an RRU supports RET antennas, the feeding voltage and feeding current are 12 V and 2.3 A, respectively.

13.2.15 Technical Specifications for RRU3220


This section describes the technical specifications of the RRU3220.

Working Mode and Frequency Band


Table 13-240 describes the working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3220.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 251


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-240 Working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3220


Type Worki Frequency Band RX Band (MHz) TX Band (MHz)
ng (MHz)
Mode

RRU3220 LTE DD 800 (band 20) 832 to 847 791 to 806


FDD
842 to 862 801 to 821

RF Specifications
Table 13-241 describes the RF specifications of the RRU3220.
The receiver sensitivity, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, is measured under 5 MHz channel
bandwidth @ FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R=1/3, 25 RB).

Table 13-241 RF specifications of the RRU3220


Type RX Capacity Receiver Sensitivity Output Power
and (dBm) Power Consum
TX (W) ption (W)
Chan 1T1R 1T2R
nels

RRU3 2T2R One carrier. The -106.1 -108.9 2 x 40 290


220 bandwidth of each
carrier can be 5
MHz, 10 MHz, 15
MHz, or 20 MHz.

NOTE
A x B in Output Power (W) indicates that the eNodeB uses A transmit (TX) channels and the output power of
each channel is B W.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-242 describes the physical specifications of the RRU3220.

Table 13-242 Physical specifications of the RRU3220


Type Input Power Dimensions (Height x Weight (kg)
Width x Depth)

RRU3220 -48 V DC; voltage l 400 mm x 220 mm x 140 l ≤13.5 kg


range: -36 V DC to mm (12 L without the (without the
-57 V DC housing) housing)
l 400 mm x 240 mm x 160 l ≤15 kg (with the
mm (15 L with the housing)
housing)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 252


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-243 describes the environmental specifications of the RRU3220.

Table 13-243 Environmental specifications of the RRU3220


Type Temperature Relative Absolute Atmospheri
Humidity Humidity c Pressure

RRU3220 l -40ºC to +50ºC 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


(with solar RH m3 kPa
radiation of 1120
W/m2)
l -40ºC to +55ºC
(without solar
radiation)

Table 13-244 describes the compliance standards for the RRU3220.

Table 13-244 Compliance standards of the RRU3220


Type Operating Anti-Seismic Ingress
Environment Performance Protection (IP)
Rating

RRU3220 l 3GPP TS 36.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4 V2.1.2
(2003-04) Class 4.1:
"Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-245 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3220.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications are based on the surge waveform of 8/20
μs.
l All the items of discharge current, unless otherwise specified as the maximum discharge current, refer to
those of the nominal discharge current.

Table 13-245 Surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3220
Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification
n Scenario

DC power All Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply mode
socket
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 253


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification


n Scenario

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port All Surge Differential 8 kA


current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port All Surge 250 A

RET port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Alarm port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capability
Table 13-246 describes the antenna capability of the RRU3220.

Table 13-246 Antenna capability of the RRU3220

Type TMA Support Capability RET Antenna Support


Capability

RRU3220 TMA supported AISG2.0-complied RET


antennas supported

NOTE
If an RRU supports RET antennas, the feeding voltage and feeding current are 12 V and 2.3 A, respectively.

13.2.16 Technical Specifications for RRU3221


This section describes the technical specifications of the RRU3221.

Working Mode and Frequency Band


Table 13-247 describes the working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3221.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 254


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-247 Working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3221


Type Worki Frequency Band RX Band (MHz) TX Band (MHz)
ng (MHz)
Mode

RRU3221 LTE 2600 (band 7) 2500 to 2570 2620 to 2690


FDD

RF Specifications
Table 13-248 describes the RF specifications of the RRU3221.
The receiver sensitivity, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, is measured under 5 MHz channel
bandwidth @ FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R=1/3, 25 RB).

Table 13-248 RF specifications of the RRU3221


Type RX Capacity Receiver Sensitivity Output Power
and (dBm) Power Consum
TX (W) ption (W)
Chan 1T1R 1T2R
nels

RRU3 2T2R One carrier. The -106.0 -108.8 2 x 40 370


221 bandwidth of each
carrier can be 5
MHz, 10 MHz, 15
MHz, or 20 MHz.

NOTE
A x B in Output Power (W) indicates that the eNodeB uses A transmit (TX) channels and the output power of
each channel is B W.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-249 describes the physical specifications of the RRU3221.

Table 13-249 Physical specifications of the RRU3221


Type Input Power Dimensions (Height x Weight (kg)
Width x Depth)

RRU3221 -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 mm x 140 l ≤ 20 kg (without


range: -36 V DC to mm (18 L without the the housing)
-57 V DC housing) l ≤ 22 kg (with the
l 485 mm x 300 mm x 170 housing)
mm (25 L with the
housing)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 255


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-250 describes the environmental specifications of the RRU3221.

Table 13-250 Environmental specifications of the RRU3221

Type Temperature Relative Absolute Atmospher


Humidity Humidity ic Pressure

RRU3221 l -40ºC to +50ºC (with 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/ 70 kPa to 106


solar radiation of RH m3 kPa
1120 W/m2)
l -40ºC to +55ºC
(without solar
radiation)

Table 13-251 describes the compliance standards for the RRU3221.

Table 13-251 Compliance standards of the RRU3221

Type Operating Anti-Seismic Ingress


Environment Performance Protection (IP)
Rating

RRU3221 l 3GPP TS 36.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4 V2.1.2
(2003-04) Class 4.1:
"Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-252 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3221.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications are based on the surge waveform of 8/20
μs.
l All the items of discharge current, unless otherwise specified as the maximum discharge current, refer to
those of the nominal discharge current.

Table 13-252 Surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3221

Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification


n Scenario

DC power All Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply mode
socket
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 256


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification


n Scenario

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port All Surge Differential 8 kA


current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port All Surge 250 A

RET port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Alarm port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capability
Table 13-253 describes the antenna capability of the RRU3221.

Table 13-253 Antenna capability of the RRU3221

Type TMA Support Capability RET Antenna Support


Capability

RRU3221 TMA supported AISG2.0-complied RET


antennas supported

NOTE
If an RRU supports RET antennas, the feeding voltage and feeding current are 12 V and 2.3 A, respectively.

13.2.17 Technical Specifications for RRU3222


This section describes the technical specifications of the RRU3222.

Working Mode and Frequency Band


Table 13-254 describes the working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3222.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 257


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-254 Working mode and frequency bands of the RRU3222


Type Worki Frequency Band RX Band (MHz) TX Band (MHz)
ng (MHz)
Mode

RRU3222 LTE DD 800 (band 20) 832 to 862 791 to 821


FDD

RF Specifications
Table 13-255 describes the RF specifications of the RRU3222.
The receiver sensitivity, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, is measured under 5 MHz channel
bandwidth @ FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R=1/3, 25 RB).

Table 13-255 RF specifications of the RRU3222


Type RX Capacity Receiver Sensitivity Output Power
and (dBm) Power Consum
TX (W) ption (W)
Chan 1T1R 1T2R
nels

RRU3 2T2R One carrier. The -106.4 -109.2 2 x 40 300


222 bandwidth of each
carrier can be 5
MHz, 10 MHz, 15
MHz, or 20MHz.

NOTE
A x B in Output Power (W) indicates that the eNodeB uses A transmit (TX) channels and the output power of
each channel is B W.

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-256 describes the physical specifications of the RRU3222.

Table 13-256 Physical specifications of the RRU3222


Type Input Power Dimensions (Height x Weight (kg)
Width x Depth)

RRU3222 -48 V DC; voltage l 480 mm x 270 mm x 140 l ≤17.5 kg


range: -36 V DC to mm (18 L without the (without the
-57 V DC housing) housing)
l 485 mm x 300 mm x 170 l ≤20 kg (with the
mm (25 L with the housing)
housing)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 258


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-257 describes the environmental specifications of the RRU3222.

Table 13-257 Environmental specifications of the RRU3222


Type Temperature Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU322 l -40ºC to +50ºC 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106


2 (with solar RH kPa
radiation of
1120 W/m2)
l -40ºC to +55ºC
(without solar
radiation)

Table 13-258 describes the compliance standards for the RRU3222.

Table 13-258 Compliance standards of the RRU3222


Type Operating Anti-Seismic Ingress
Environment Performance Protection (IP)
Rating

RRU3222 l 3GPP TS 36.141 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l ETSI EN
300019-1-4 V2.1.2
(2003-04) Class 4.1:
"Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-259 describes the surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3222.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications are based on the surge waveform of 8/20
μs.
l All the items of discharge current, unless otherwise specified as the maximum discharge current, refer to
those of the nominal discharge current.

Table 13-259 Surge protection specifications for the ports on the RRU3222
Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification
n Scenario

DC power All Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply mode
socket
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 259


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Applicatio Surge Protection Mode Specification


n Scenario

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port All Surge Differential 8 kA


current mode

Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port All Surge 250 A

RET port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Alarm port All Surge Differential 3 kA


current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Antenna Capability
Table 13-260 describes the antenna capability of the RRU3222.

Table 13-260 Antenna capability of the RRU3222


Type TMA Support Capability RET Antenna Support
Capability

RRU3222 TMA supported AISG2.0-complied RET


antennas supported

NOTE
If an RRU supports RET antennas, the feeding voltage and feeding current are 12 V and 2.3 A, respectively.

13.2.18 Technical Specifications for RRU3908


RRU3908s are classified into RRU3908 V1 and RRU3908 V2. Adopting the software-defined
radio (SDR) technology, RRU3908 modules can work in different modes with different
configurations.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 260


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-261 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3908.

Table 13-261 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3908


Type Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency Mode
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3908 850 824 to 849 869 to 894 GSM and UMTS


V1
900 890 to 915 935 to 960 GSM, UMTS,
and GSM +
880 to 905 925 to 950 UMTS

1800 1710 to 1755 1805 to 1850 GSM and LTE

1740 to 1785 1835 to 1880

1900 1850 to 1890 1930 to 1970 GSM and UMTS

1870 to 1910 1950 to 1990

RRU3908 850 824 to 849 869 to 894 GSM, UMTS,


V2 and GSM +
UMTS

900 890 to 915 935 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


LTE, GSM +
880 to 915 925 to 960 UMTS, and GSM
+ LTE

RF Specifications
Table 13-262 shows RF specifications for an RRU3908.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 261


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The LTE receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, under a 5 MHz channel
bandwidth 5 MHz channel bandwidth based on the FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R = 1/3, 25 RBs)
standard.
l RRU3908 modules operating in GSM mode and in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band comply with the
standard EN 301 502 V9.2.1.
l RRU3908 modules operating in UMTS, LTE, or Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) mode and in 900 or 1800
MHz frequency band comply with the standard ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1 and 3GPP TS 37.104.
l RRU3908 modules operating in GSM mode and in the 850 or 1900 MHz frequency band comply with the
standard 3GPP TS 45.005 V10.2.0 & 3GPP TS 51.021 V10.2.0.
l RRU3908 modules operating in UMTS, LTE, or Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) mode and in 850 or 1900
MHz frequency band comply with the standard 3GPP TS 37.104 V10.4.0 & TS 37.141 V10.4.0.
l AB Non-MSR indicates that A data is carried on one transmit channel of an RF module while B data is
carried on the other transmit channel of the RF module. AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on
the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 262


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-262 RF specifications for an RRU3908


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

RR 2T GSM: 6 GSM: -113 GSM: GSM: l Outp l Powe


U3 2R TRXs UMTS: -115.8 -118.5 ut r
908 UMTS: 4 -125.5 UMTS: (theoretical Powe consu
V1 carriers -128.3 value) r of mptio
LTE: -106.3 an n of
LTE: 1 LTE: -109.1 UMTS: -131
RRU the
carrier, LTE: -111.8 3908 DBS3
the V1 900
bandwidt (850 (confi
h is 5, 10, MHz/ gured
15, or 20 900 with
MHz. MHz/ RRU
1800 3908
MHz/ V1,
1900 900
MHz, MHz)
singl l Powe
e- r
mode consu
) mptio
l Outp n of
ut the
Powe DBS3
r of 900
an (confi
RRU gured
3908 with
V1 RRU
(900 3908
MHz, V1,
GU 1800
Non- MHz)
MSR
)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 263


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

RR 2T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp Power


U3 2R TRXs l 850/900 l 850/900 l 850/900 ut consump
908 UMTS: MHz MHz MHz Powe tion of
V2 PGSM: PGSM: PGSM: r of the
l 850 an DBS390
MHz: -113.5 -116.3 -119
(theoreti RRU 0
2 l 900 MHz l 900 MHz 3908 (configu
carrie EGSM: EGSM: cal
value) V2 red with
rs -113.3 -116.1 (850 RRU390
l 900 UMTS: UMTS: l 900 MHz MHz/ 8 V2, 850
MHz: EGSM: 900 MHz/
l 850/900 l 850/900 -118.8
4 MHz MHz MHz, 900
carrie (theoreti singl MHz)
PGSM: PGSM: cal
rs -125.5 -128.3 e-
value) mode
LTE: 1 l 900 MHz l 900 MHz
carrier, UMTS: )
EGSM: EGSM:
the -125.3 -128.1 l 850/900 l Outp
bandwidt MHz ut
h is 1.4, LTE: LTE: PGSM: Powe
3, 5, 10, l 900 MHz l 900 MHz -131 r of
15, or 20 PGSM: PGSM: l 900 MHz an
MHz. -106.3 -109.1 EGSM: RRU
l 900 MHz l 900 MHz -130.8 3908
EGSM: EGSM: V2
LTE: (850
-106.1 -108.9
l 900 MHz MHz/
PGSM: 900
-111.8 MHz,
l 900 MHz GU
EGSM: Non-
-111.6 MSR
)
l Outp
ut

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 264


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

Powe
r of
an
RRU
3908
V2
(850
MHz/
900
MHz,
GU
MSR
)
l Outp
ut
Powe
r of
an
RRU
3908
V2
(900
MHz,
GL
MSR
)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 265


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l * indicates that the UMTS mode is supported in terms of hardware.


l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.
l The output power is 1 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3908 is located at a height of 3500
m to 4500m; and is 2 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3908 is located at a height of 4500
m to 6000m.
l For the RRU3908 V2 working in GSM mode and operating in the 900 MHz frequency band: after design
optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes enable the same output power for each carrier on
the RRU3908 V2 when any of the S1 through S6 configurations is used. When the S7 or S8 configuration
is used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature must be obtained.
Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable the same output power for each carrier
on the RRU3908 V2.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Table 13-263 Output Power of an RRU3908 V1 (850 MHz/900 MHz/1800 MHz/1900 MHz,
single-mode)

Mode Nu Num Number Output Output Output Output


mbe ber of LTE Power Sharing Power per Power per
r of of Carriers per GSM Power UMTS LTE
GS UM Carrier per GSM Carrier Carrier
M TS (W) Carrier (W) (W)
Carr Carri (W)
iers ers

1 0 0 40 40 0 0

2 0 0 40 40 0 0

3 0 0 20 20 0 0
GSM
4 0 0 15 20 0 0

5 0 0 12 12 0 0

6 0 0 10 12 0 0

0 1 0 0 0 40 0

0 1 0 0 0 2 x 30 0

UMTS 0 2 0 0 0 30 0

0 2 0 0 0 2 x 15 0

0 3* 0 0 0 20* 0

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 266


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Nu Num Number Output Output Output Output


mbe ber of LTE Power Sharing Power per Power per
r of of Carriers per GSM Power UMTS LTE
GS UM Carrier per GSM Carrier Carrier
M TS (W) Carrier (W) (W)
Carr Carri (W)
iers ers

0 4* 0 0 0 15* 0

LTE 0 0 1 (MIMO) 0 0 0 2 x 30

Table 13-264 Output Power of an RRU3908 V1 (900 MHz, GU Non-MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 1 1 40 30

1 1 30 40

1 2 30 20

2 1 20 30

2 1 15 40

2 2 15 20

3 1 10 30

3 2 10 10

4 1 7.5 20

4 2 7.5 10

5 1 6 20

NOTE
When operating in the 900 MHz frequency band, RRU3908 V2 supports 3 or 4 UMTS carriers.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 267


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-265 Output Power of an RRU3908 V2 (850 MHz/900 MHz, single-mode)


Mode Nu Num Number Output Output Output Output
mbe ber of LTE Power Sharing Power per Power per
r of of Carriers per GSM Power UMTS LTE
GS UM Carrier per GSM Carrier Carrier
M TS (W) Carrier (W) (W)
Carr Carri (W)
iers ers

1 0 0 40 40 0 0

2 0 0 40 40 0 0

3 0 0 20 20 0 0

4 0 0 20 20 0 0
GSM
5 0 0 13 15 0 0

6 0 0 13 15 0 0

7 0 0 10 13 0 0

8 0 0 10 13 0 0

0 1 0 0 0 60 0

0 1 0 0 0 2 x 40 0
(MI
MO)

0 2 0 0 0 40 0

0 2 0 0 0 2 x 20 0
(MI
MO)
UMTS
0 3 0 0 0 20 0

0 3 0 0 0 2 x 10 0
(MI
MO)

0 4 0 0 0 20 0

0 4 0 0 0 2 x 10 0
(MI
MO)

0 0 1 (MIMO, 0 0 0 2 x 40
LTE
2T2R)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 268


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-266 Output Power of an RRU3908 V2 (850 MHz/900 MHz, GU Non-MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 1 1 40 40

2 1 20 40

3 1 13 40

4 1 10 40

5 1 6 20

1 2 40 20

2 2 20 20

3 2 13 20

4 2 10 20

Table 13-267 Output Power of an RRU3908 V2 (850 MHz/900 MHz, GU MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 1 1 20 2 x 20

2 1 20 2 x 20

3 1 20 20

3 1 15 2 x 10

4 1 13 20

4 1 15 2 x 10

5 1 10 30

NOTE
When there are no more than three GSM carriers, LTE bandwidth can be 1.4, 3, 5, 10, or 15 MHz in the 900
MHz frequency band. When there are more than three GSM carriers, LTE bandwidth can be 1.4, 3, 5, or 10
MHz in the 900 MHz frequency band.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 269


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-268 Output Power of an RRU3908 V2 (900 MHz, GL MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers LTE Carriers per GSM per LTE
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + LTE 1 1 20 2 x 20

2 1 20 2 x 20

3 1 15 2 x 10

4 1 15 2 x 10

4 1 12 2 x 15

NOTE

l The typical power consumption and the maximum power consumption are measured when the base station
works at a temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station works with 30% load and power
control and DTX are enabled. The maximum power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station
works with 100% load. The power consumption for GSM is calculated based on the sharing power.
l The typical power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 40% load. The
maximum power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 100% load.
l LTE typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 50% and LTE maximum
power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 100%.

Table 13-269 Power consumption of the DBS3900 (configured with RRU3908 V1, 900 MHz)
Mode Configura Output Power Typical Power Maximum Power
tion per Carrier (W) Consumption Consumption (W)
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 760 910

S4/4/4 20 730 1070

S6/6/6 12 730 1070

UMTS 3x1 20 490 590

3x2 20 640 790

3x3 20 880 1100

3x4 15 880 1110

GSM + GSM l GSM: 20 870 1090


UMTS S2/2/2 x 2 + l UMTS: 20
UMTS 3 x
1

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 270


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Configura Output Power Typical Power Maximum Power


tion per Carrier (W) Consumption Consumption (W)
(W)

GSM l GSM: 10 820 1050


S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 20
UMTS 3 x
1

GSM l GSM: 10 820 1050


S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 10
UMTS 3 x
2

Table 13-270 Power consumption of the DBS3900 (configured with RRU3908 V1, 1800 MHz)
Mode Configura Output Power Typical Power Maximum Power
tion per Carrier (W) Consumption Consumption (W)
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 615 720

S4/4/4 20 855 1190

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 750 880

Table 13-271 Power consumption of the DBS3900 (configured with RRU3908 V2, 850 MHz/
900 MHz)
Mode Configura Output Power Typical Power Maximum Power
tion per Carrier (W) Consumption Consumption (W)
(W)

S2/2/2 20 550 650

GSM S4/4/4 20 770 1085

S6/6/6 13 740 1085

3x1 20 450 520


UMTS
3x2 20 565 710

LTE 3x1 2 x 20 675 800

GSM l GSM: 20 920 1170


GSM + S2/2/2 + l UMTS: 40
UMTS UMTS 3 x
1

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 271


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Configura Output Power Typical Power Maximum Power


tion per Carrier (W) Consumption Consumption (W)
(W)

GSM l GSM: 13 890 1170


S3/3/3 + l UMTS: 40
UMTS 3 x
1

GSM l GSM: 10 880 1180


S4/4/4 + l UMTS: 40
UMTS 3 x
1

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-272 shows equipment specifications for an RRU3908.

Table 13-272 Equipment specifications for an RRU3908


Type Power Supply Dimension (H x W x Weight (kg)
D)

RRU3908 l -48 V DC; voltage 485 mm x 380 mm x 170 23 (with the housing)
V1 range: -36 V DC to mm (with the housing)
-57 V DC
l 200 V AC to 240 V
AC single-phase;
voltage range: 176 V
AC to 290 V AC
l 100 V AC to 120 V
AC or 200 V AC to
240 V AC dual-
phase; voltage range:
90 V AC to 135 V AC
or 180 V AC to 270
V AC

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 272


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type Power Supply Dimension (H x W x Weight (kg)


D)

RRU3908 l -48 V DC; voltage 485 mm x 380 mm x 170 23 (with the housing)
V2 range: -36 V DC to mm (with the housing)
-57 V DC
l 200 V AC to 240 V
AC single-phase;
voltage range: 176 V
AC to 290 V AC
l 100 V AC to 120 V
AC or 200 V AC to
240 V AC dual-
phase; voltage range:
90 V AC to 135 V AC
or 180 V AC to 270
V AC

Table 13-273 shows environment specifications for an RRU3908.

Table 13-273 Environment specifications for an RRU3908

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU39 l -40°C to +50° 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106 kPa


08 V1 C (without RH
solar radiation)
l -40°C to +45°
C (with solar
radiation)

RRU39 l -40°C to +55°


08 V2 C (without
solar radiation)
l -40°C to +50°
C (with solar
radiation)

Table 13-274 shows the standards with which an RRU3908 complies.

Table 13-274 Standards with which an RRU3908 complies

Type Operating Shock Protection Ingress Protection


Environment (IP) Rating

RRU3908 l 3GPP TS 45.005 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


V1

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 273


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Type Operating Shock Protection Ingress Protection


Environment (IP) Rating

RRU3908 l 3GPP TS 25.141


V2 l 3GPP TS 36.141
l 3GPP TS 37.141
l ETSI EN 300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-275shows the surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3908.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-275 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3908


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

AC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to the mode
scenario
where RF Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
modules are mode
placed Surge Differential 5 kA
indoors current mode

Common 5 kA
mode

Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to the mode
scenario
where RF Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 274


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

modules are Surge Differential 40 kA


placed current mode
outdoors
Common 40 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Applicable Surge 250 A


monitoring to the
port or alarm scenario
port where the
power
supply
module and
RRUs are
installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
shorter than
1m

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 275


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-276 shows antenna capabilities for an RRU3908.

Table 13-276 Antenna capabilities for an RRU3908


Type TMA Capabilites RET Antenna
Capabilities

RRU3908 V1 Supported Supports AISG2.0

RRU3908 V2 Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE
For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.2.19 Technical Specifications for RRU3926


RRU3926 modules are remote radio units and can work in different modes with different
configurations and the software-defined radio (SDR) technique.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-277 lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3926.

Table 13-277 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3926


Type Frequency Receive Transmit Mode
Band (MHz) Frequency Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3926 900 880 to 915 925 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


GSM + UMTS
890 to 915 935 to 960

1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880

RF Specifications
Table 13-278 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3926.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 276


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The RRU3926 that works in GSM mode and operates in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band complies
with the EN 301 502 V9.2.1 standard. The RRU3926 that works in UMTS or multiple service ring (MSR)
mode and operates in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band complies with the ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1
standard and 3GPP TS 37.104 standard.
l AB Non-MSR indicates that A data is carried on one transmit channel of an RF module while B data is
carried on the other transmit channel of the RF module. AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on
the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 277


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-278 RF specifications of an RRU3926


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consum
s Receiver Receiver Receiver ption
mi Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
t with One with Two with Four
an Antenna Antennas Antennas
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

RR 1T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp l DBS3


U3 2R TRXs l 900 l 900 l 900 ut 900
926 UMTS: 6 MHz: MHz: MHz: powe powe
carriers -113.7 -116.5 -119.2 r of r
(theoreti RRU consu
l 1800 l 1800 3926 mpti
MHz: MHz: cal
value) (900/ on
-114 -116.8 1800 (RR
UMTS: UMTS: l 1800 MHz, U392
MHz: single 6
l 900 l 900 -119.5
MHz: MHz: - opera
(theoreti mode ting
-125.8 -128.6 cal ) in the
l 1800 l 1800 value) 900
MHz: MHz: l Outp
UMTS: ut MHz
-126.1 -128.9 frequ
l 900 powe
MHz: r of ency
-131.3 RRU band
3926 confi
l 1800 gure
MHz: (900/
1800 d)
-131.6
MHz, l DBS3
GU 900
MSR powe
) r
consu
mpti
on
(RR
U392
6
opera
ting

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 278


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s Receiver Receiver Receiver ption
mi Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
t with One with Two with Four
an Antenna Antennas Antennas
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

in the
1800
MHz
frequ
ency
band
confi
gure
d)

NOTE

l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.


l If an RRU3926 is placed at an altitude of 3500 to 4500 meters, its power reduces by 1 dB. If an RRU3926
is placed at an altitude of 4500 to 6000 meters, its power reduces by 2 dB.
l For the RRU3926 working in GSM mode: when the S1 configuration is applied, the maximum output power
of each carrier on the RRU3926 is 80 W. If the output power of 60 W or 80 W is required, the related license
must be obtained. After design optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes enable the same
output power for each carrier on the RRU3926 when the S1, S2, or S3 configuration is used. When any of
the S4 through S8 configurations is used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE
Coverage feature must be obtained. Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable
the same output power for each carrier on the RRU3926.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 279


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-279 Output power of RRU3926 (900/1800 MHz, single-mode)


Mode Numb Number of Output Power Output Output Power
er of UMTS of Each GSM Sharing of Each UMTS
GSM Carriers Carrier (W) Power of Each Carrier (W)
Carrier GSM Carrier
s (W)

GSM 1 0 80 80 0

2 0 40 40 0

3 0 27 31 0

4 0 20 27 0

5 0 16 20 0

6 0 12 20 0

7 0 10 16 0

8 0 7 12 0

UMTS 0 1 0 0 80

0 2 0 0 40

0 3 0 0 25

0 4 0 0 20

0 5 (hardware 0 0 16
ready)

0 6 (hardware 0 0 12
ready)

Table 13-280 Output power of RRU3926 (900/1800 MHz, GU MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS of Each GSM of Each UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GU 1 1 40 40

1 2 40 20

2 1 30 20

2 1 20 40

2 2 20 20

3 1 20 20

3 2 16 10

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 280


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS of Each GSM of Each UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

4 1 12 20

4 2 12 10

5 1 10 20

5 2 10 10

6 1 10 10

6 2 8 10

7 1 8 10

NOTE

l Typical and maximum power consumption are measured when the environment temperature is 25°C.
l GSM typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 30%, and the power control
and DTX functions are enabled. GSM maximum power consumption is measured when the base station load
reaches 100%. GSM power consumption is calculated when the dynamic power sharing function is enabled.
l UMTS typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 40% and UMTS
maximum power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 100%.

Table 13-281 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3926 operating in the 900 MHz frequency
band configured)
Mode Configuration Output Power Typical Power Maximum
of Each Consumption Power
Carrier (W) (W) Consumption
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 535 635

S4/4/4 20 655 960

UMTS 3x1 20 445 525

3x2 20 555 695

GU GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 725 885


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 795 1045


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 281


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-282 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3926 operating in the 1800 MHz frequency
band configured)

Mode Configuration Output Power Typical Power Maximum


of Each Consumption Power
Carrier (W) (W) Consumption
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 587 690

S4/4/4 20 725 1020

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-283 lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3926.

Table 13-283 Equipment specifications of an RRU3926

Type Input Power Dimension (H x W x Weight (kg)


D)

RRU3926 -48 V DC; voltage range: l 400 mm x 240 mm x l 15 (with the shell)
-36 V DC to -57 V DC 160 mm (with the l 13.5 (without the
NOTE shell) shell)
The RRU3926 supports l 400 mm x 220 mm x
AC applications after
140 mm (without the
being configured with an
AC/DC power module. shell)
For details, see the AC/DC
Power Module User
Guide.

Table 13-284 lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3926.

Table 13-284 Environmental specifications of an RRU3926

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU39 l -40°C to +55° 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106 kPa


26 C (without RH
solar radiation)
l -40°C to +50°
C (with solar
radiation)

Table 13-285 lists the compliance standards for an RRU3926.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 282


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-285 Compliance standards for an RRU3926

Type Operating Anti-Seismic Protection Rating


Environment Performance

RRU3926 l 3GPP TS 45.005 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 25.141
l 3GPP TS 36.141
l 3GPP TS 37.141
l ETSI EN 300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-286 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3926.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-286 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3926

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 283


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Applicable Surge 250 A


monitoring to the
port or alarm scenario
port where the
power
supply
module and
the RRU are
installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
shorter than
1m

Antenna Capability
Table 13-287 lists the antenna capability of an RRU3926.

Table 13-287 Antenna capability of an RRU3926


Type TMA Support Supported RET Antennas

RRU3926 Supported AISG2.0

NOTE
For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 284


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

13.2.20 RRU3936 Technical Specifications


RRU3936 modules are remote radio units and can work in different modes with different
configurations and the software-defined radio (SDR) technique.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


The following table lists the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3936.

Table 13-288 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3936


Type Frequency Receive Transmit Mode
Band (MHz) Frequency Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3936 900 880 to 915 925 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


and GSM +
890 to 915 935 to 960 UMTS

1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880 GSM, UMTS,


and GSM +
UMTS

RF Specifications
Table 13-289 lists radio frequency (RF) specifications of an RRU3936.

NOTE

l ATBR in the RX and TX Channels column indicates that this RF module is configured with A transmit
channels and B receive channels.
l EF MSR indicates that E and F data is carried on the same transmit channel of an RF module.
l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The RRU3936 that works in GSM mode and operates in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band complies
with the EN 301 502 V9.2.1 standard.
l The RRU3936 that works in UMTS, LTE, or multiple service ring (MSR) mode and operates in the 900 or
1800 MHz frequency band complies with the ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1 and 3GPP TS 37.104 standards.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 285


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-289 RF specifications of an RRU3936


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consumptio
s Receive Receiver Receive n
mi r Sensitivi r
t Sensitiv ty with Sensitiv
an ity with Two ity with
d One Antenna Four
Re Antenn s Antenn
ce a as
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

RR 1T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Output l DBS3900


U3 2R TRXs l 900 l 900 l 900 power power
936 UMTS: 6 MHz: MHz: MHz: for the consumpti
carriers -113. -116.5 -119. RRU393 on
7 2 6 (GSM, (RRU3936
l 1800 900 operating
l 1800 MHz: (theor
etical MHz/ in the 900
MHz: -116.8 1800 MHz
-114 value)
UMTS: MHz) frequency
UMTS: l 1800 band
l 900 MHz: l Output
l 900 MHz: power configure
-119. d)
MHz: -128.6 5 for the
-125. l 1800 (theor RRU393 l DBS3900
8 MHz: etical 6 power
l 1800 -128.9 value) (UMTS, consumpti
MHz: 900 on
UMTS: MHz/ (RRU3936
-126.
1 l 900 1800 operating
MHz: MHz) in the 1800
-131. l Output MHz
3 power frequency
l 1800 for the band
MHz: RRU393 configure
-131. 6 (GU d)
6 MSR,
900
MHz/
1800
MHz)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 286


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l If the power sharing feature is activated, assume that UEs in a cell are randomly located.
l If the RF module is placed at an altitude of 3500 to 4500 meters, its power reduces by 1 dB. If the RF module
is placed at an altitude of 4500 to 6000 meters, its power reduces by 2 dB.
l Station spacing, frequency multiplexing factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model all affect the
gains of dynamic power sharing. In most cases, network plans are designed on the basis of power
specifications of dynamic power sharing.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.
l For the RRU3936 working in GSM mode: when the S1 configuration is applied, the maximum output power
of each carrier on the RRU3936 is 80 W. If the output power of 60 W or 80 W is required, the related license
must be obtained. After design optimization, the 8 phase shift keying (8PSK) and Gaussian minimum shift-
frequency keying (GMSK) modulation schemes enable the same output power for each carrier on the the
RF module when the S1, S2, or S3 configuration is used. When any of the S4 through S8 configurations is
used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature must be obtained.
Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable the same output power for each carrier
on the RRU3936.

Table 13-290 Output power for the RRU3936 (GSM, 900 MHz/1800 MHz)
Mode Total Number of Output Power per Output Power per
GSM Carriers GSM Carrier (W) GSM Carrier With
Dynamic Power
Sharing (W)

GSM 1 80 80

2 40 40

3 27 31

4 20 27

5 16 20

6 12 20

7 10 16

8 7 12

NOTE
In the following table, * indicates that the UMTS mode is supported in terms of hardware.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 287


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-291 Output power for the RRU3936 (UMTS, 900 MHz/1800 MHz)
Mode Total Number of UMTS Output Power per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W)

UMTS 1 80

2 40

3 25

4 20

5* 16*

6* 12*

Table 13-292 Output power for the RRU3936 (GU MSR, 900 MHz/1800 MHz)
Mode Total Number Total Number Output Power Output Power
of GSM of UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 1 1 40 40

1 2 40 20

2 1 30 20

2 1 20 40

2 2 20 20

3 1 20 20

3 2 16 10

4 1 12 20

4 2 12 10

5 1 10 20

5 2 10 10

6 1 10 10

6 2 8 10

7 1 8 10

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 288


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Typical and maximum power consumption are measured when the environment temperature is 25°C.
l GSM typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 30%, and the power control
and DTX functions are enabled. GSM maximum power consumption is measured when the base station load
reaches 100%. GSM power consumption is calculated when the dynamic power sharing function is enabled.
l UMTS typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 40% and UMTS
maximum power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 100%.

Table 13-293 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3936 operating in the 900 MHz frequency
band configured)
Mode Configuration Output Power Typical Power Maximum
of Each Consumption Power
Carrier (W) (W) Consumption
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 535 635

S4/4/4 20 655 960

UMTS 3x1 20 445 525

3x2 20 555 695

GU GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 725 885


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 795 1045


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

Table 13-294 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3936 operating in the 1800 MHz frequency
band configured)
Mode Configuration Output Power Typical Power Maximum
of Each Consumption Power
Carrier (W) (W) Consumption
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 587 690

S4/4/4 20 725 1020

Engineering Specifications
The following table lists the equipment specifications of an RRU3936.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 289


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-295 Equipment specifications of an RRU3936


Type Input Power Dimension (H x W x Weight (kg)
D)

RRU3936 -48 V DC; voltage range: 400 mm x 300 mm x 120 15 (with the shell)
-36 V DC to -57 V DC mm (with the shell)
NOTE
The RRU3936 supports
AC applications after
being configured with an
AC/DC power module.
For details, see the AC/DC
Power Module User
Guide.

The following table lists the environmental specifications of an RRU3936.

Table 13-296 Environmental specifications of an RRU3936


Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU39 l -40°C to +55° 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106 kPa


36 C (without RH
solar radiation)
l -40°C to +50°
C (with solar
radiation)

The following table lists the compliance standards for an RRU3936.

Table 13-297 Compliance standards for an RRU3936


Type Operating Anti-Seismic Protection Rating
Environment Performance

RRU3936 Operating Environment NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 45.005
l 3GPP TS 25.141
l 3GPP TS 37.141
l ETSI EN 300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-298 lists the surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3936.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 290


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-298 Surge protection specifications of ports on an RRU3936


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC power Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


supply port to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 291


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Local power Applicable Surge 250 A


monitoring to the
port or alarm scenario
port where the
power
supply
module and
the RRU are
installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
shorter than
1m

Antenna Capability
The following table lists the antenna capability of an RRU3936.

Table 13-299 Antenna capability of an RRU3936


Type TMA Support Supported RET Antennas

RRU3936 Supported AISG2.0 and AISG1.1

NOTE

For RF moudles supporting RET antennas, the feeding voltage is 12 V and feeding current is 2.3 A.

13.2.21 Technical Specifications for RRU3928


Adopting the software-defined radio (SDR) technology, RRU3928 modules can work in
different modes with different configurations.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-300 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3928.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 292


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-300 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3928


Type Frequency Receive Transmit Mode
Band (MHz) Frequency Frequency
Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3928 900 880 to 915 925 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


LTE, GSM +
1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880 UMTS, and GSM
+ LTE

RF Specifications
Table 13-301 shows RF specifications for an RRU3928.

NOTE

l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The LTE receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, under a 5 MHz channel
bandwidth 5 MHz channel bandwidth based on the FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R = 1/3, 25 RBs)
standard.
l RRU3928 modules operating in GSM mode and in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band comply with the
standard EN 301 502 V9.2.1.
l RRU3928 modules operating in UMTS, LTE, or Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) mode and in 900 or 1800
MHz frequency band comply with the standard ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1 and 3GPP TS 37.104.
l AB Non-MSR indicates that A data is carried on one transmit channel of an RF module while B data is
carried on the other transmit channel of the RF module. AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on
the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 293


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-301 RF specifications for an RRU3928


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

RR 2T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp l Powe


U3 2R TRXs l 900 l 900 l 900 ut r
928 UMTS: 4 MHz: MHz: MHz: Powe consu
carriers -113.7 -116.5 -119.2 r of mpti
(theoreti an on of
LTE: 2 l 1800 l 1800 RRU the
carriers, MHz: MHz: cal
value) 3928 DBS3
the -114 -116.8 (900 900
bandwidt UMTS: UMTS: l 1800 MHz/ (confi
h is 1.4, 3, MHz: 1800 gure
5, 10, 15, l 900 l 900 -119.5
MHz: MHz: MHz, d
or 20 (theoreti single with
MHz. -125.8 -128.6 cal - RRU
l 1800 l 1800 value) mode 3928,
MHz: MHz: UMTS: ) 900
-126.1 -128.9 MHz
l 900 l Outp
LTE: LTE: MHz: ut )
l 900 l 900 -131.3 Powe l Powe
MHz: MHz: l 1800 r of r
-106.3 -109.1 MHz: an consu
l 1800 l 1800 -131.6 RRU mpti
MHz: MHz: 3928 on of
LTE: (900 the
-106.6 -109.4
l 900 MHz/ DBS3
MHz: 1800 900
-111.8 MHz, (confi
l 1800 GU gure
MHz: Non- d
-112.1 MSR with
) RRU
l Outp 3928,
ut 1800
Powe MHz
)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 294


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

r of
an
RRU
3928
(900
MHz/
1800
MHz,
GU
MSR
)
l Outp
ut
Powe
r of
an
RRU
3928
(900
MHz/
1800
MHz,
GL
MSR
)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 295


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.


l The output power is 1 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3928 is located at a height of 3500
m to 4500m; and is 2 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3928 is located at a height of 4500
m to 6000m.
l For the RRU3928 working in GSM mode: after design optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation
schemes enable the same output power for each carrier on the RRU3928 when any of the S1 through S6
configurations is used. When the S7 or S8 configuration is used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104
Enhanced EDGE Coverage feature must be obtained. Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation
schemes cannot enable the same output power for each carrier on the RRU3928.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Table 13-302 Output Power of an RRU3928 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, single-mode)


M Num Num Nu Output Output Output Output
od ber ber mbe Power per Sharing Power per Power
e of of r of GSM Power per UMTS per LTE
GSM UMT LTE Carrier (W) GSM Carrier Carrier (W) Carrier
Carri S Carr (W) (W)
ers Carri iers
ers

G 1 0 0 40 40 0 0
S
M 2 0 0 40 40 0 0

3 0 0 20 20 0 0

4 0 0 20 20 0 0

5 0 0 13 15 0 0

6 0 0 13 15 0 0

7 0 0 10 13 0 0

8 0 0 10 13 0 0

U 0 1 0 0 0 40 0
M
TS 0 2 0 0 0 40 0

0 3 0 0 0 20 0

0 4 0 0 0 20 0

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 296


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

M Num Num Nu Output Output Output Output


od ber ber mbe Power per Sharing Power per Power
e of of r of GSM Power per UMTS per LTE
GSM UMT LTE Carrier (W) GSM Carrier Carrier (W) Carrier
Carri S Carr (W) (W)
ers Carri iers
ers

0 1 0 0 0 2 x 40 0
(MIM
O)

0 2 0 0 0 2 x 20 0
(MIM
O)

0 3 0 0 0 2 x 10 0
(MIM
O)

0 4 0 0 0 2 x 10 0
(MIM
O)

LT 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 x 40
E
0 0 2 0 0 0 2 x 20

Table 13-303 Output Power of an RRU3928 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GU Non-MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS Carriers per GSM per UMTS
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + 1 1 40 40
UMTS
2 1 20 40

3 1 13 40

4 1 10 40

1 2 40 20

2 2 20 20

3 2 13 20

4 2 10 20

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 297


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-304 Output Power of an RRU3928 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GU MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS Carriers per GSM per UMTS
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + 3 1 20 20
UMTS
4 1 13 20

5 1 10 20

1 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

2 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

3 1 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

4 1 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

1 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 10

2 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 10

3 2 (MIMO) 10 2 x 10

4 2 (MIMO) 10 2 x 10

Table 13-305 Output Power of an RRU3928 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GL MSR)


Mode Number of Number of LTE Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers Carriers per GSM per LTE Carrier
Carrier (W) (W)

GSM + 1 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20
LTE
2 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

3 1 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

3 1 (MIMO) 15 2 x 10

4 1 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

4 1 (MIMO) 15 2 x 10

5 1 (MIMO) 10 2 x 10

6 1 (MIMO) 10 2 x 10

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 298


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The typical power consumption and the maximum power consumption are measured when the base station
works at a temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station works with 30% load and power
control and DTX are enabled. The maximum power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station
works with 100% load. The power consumption for GSM is calculated based on the sharing power.
l The typical power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 40% load. The
maximum power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 100% load.
l LTE typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 50% and LTE maximum
power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 100%.
l LTE power consumption is calculated based on the 2x2 MIMO configuration. The LTE bandwidth is 10
MHz.

Table 13-306 Power consumption of the DBS3900 (configured with RRU3928, 900 MHz)
Mode Configuration Output Power Typical Power Maximum
per Carrier Consumption Power
(W) (W) Consumption
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 560 650

S4/4/4 20 740 1025

UMTS 3x1 20 510 585

3x2 20 585 720

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 900 1110

GSM + UMTS GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 820 985


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 865 1120


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM + LTE GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 930 1140


LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 870 1065


LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 850 1140


LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 299


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-307 Power consumption of the DBS3900 (configured with RRU3928, 1800 MHz)
Mode Configuratio Output Power per Typical Maximum
n Carrier (W) Power Power
Consumpti Consumpt
on (W) ion (W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 560 665

S4/4/4 20 755 1040

UMTS 3x1 20 525 585

3x2 20 600 735

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 915 1125

GSM + UMTS GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 835 1000


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 880 1135


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM + LTE GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 945 1155


LTE 3 x 10 l LTE: 40
MHz

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 885 1095


LTE 3 x 10 l LTE: 40
MHz

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 900 1155


LTE 3 x 10 l LTE: 40
MHz

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-308 shows equipment specifications for an RRU3928.

Table 13-308 Equipment specifications for an RRU3928


Type Power Supply Dimension (H x W x Weight (kg)
D)

RRU3928 -48 V DC; voltage range: 400 mm x 240 mm x 160 15 (with the housing)
-36 V DC to -57 V DC mm (with the housing)
NOTE
The RRU3928 supports
AC applications after
being configured with an
AC/DC power module.
For details, see the AC/DC
Power Module User
Guide.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 300


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-309 shows environment specifications for an RRU3928.

Table 13-309 Environment specifications for an RRU3928

Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric


Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU39 l -40°C to +50° 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106 kPa


28 C (without RH
solar radiation)
l -40°C to +45°
C (with solar
radiation)

Table 13-310 shows the standards with which an RRU3928 complies.

Table 13-310 Standards with which an RRU3928 complies

Type Operating Shock Protection Ingress Protection


Environment (IP) Rating

RRU3928 l 3GPP TS 45.005 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 25.141
l 3GPP TS 36.141
l 3GPP TS 37.141
l ETSI EN 300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-311 shows the surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3928.

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-311 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3928

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

DC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 301


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Local power Applicable Surge 250 A


monitoring to the
port or alarm scenario
port where the
power
supply
module and
RRUs are
installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
shorter than
1m

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 302


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-312 shows antenna capabilities for an RRU3928.

Table 13-312 Antenna capabilities for an RRU3928


Type TMA Capabilites RET Antenna
Capabilities

RRU3928 Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE
For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.2.22 Technical Specifications for RRU3929


Adopting the software-defined radio (SDR) technology, RRU3929 modules can work in
different modes with different configurations.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-313 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3929.

Table 13-313 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3929


Type Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency Mode
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3929 900 880 to 915 925 to 960 GSM, UMTS,


LTE, GSM +
1800 1710 to 1785 1805 to 1880 UMTS, and GSM
+ LTE

RF Specifications
Table 13-314 shows RF specifications for an RRU3929.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 303


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l The GSM receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, over the central band at
the antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 13 kbit/s and the bit error rate (BER) does
not exceed 2%. The central band is the 80% of the full band.
l The UMTS receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, over the full band at the
antenna connector on condition that the channel rate reaches 12.2 kbit/s and the BER does not exceed 0.001.
l The LTE receiver sensitivity is measured, as recommended in 3GPP TS 36.104, under a 5 MHz channel
bandwidth 5 MHz channel bandwidth based on the FRC A1-3 in Annex A.1 (QPSK, R = 1/3, 25 RBs)
standard.
l RRU3929 modules operating in GSM mode and in the 900 or 1800 MHz frequency band comply with the
standard EN 301 502 V9.2.1.
l RRU3929 modules operating in UMTS, LTE, or Multi-Standard Radio (MSR) mode and in 900 or 1800
MHz frequency band comply with the standard ETSI EN 301 908 V5.2.1 and 3GPP TS 37.104.
l AB Non-MSR indicates that A data is carried on one transmit channel of an RF module while B data is
carried on the other transmit channel of the RF module. AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on
the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 304


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-314 RF specifications for an RRU3929


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

RR 2T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp Power


U3 2R TRXs l 900 l 900 l 900 ut consump
929 UMTS: MHz: MHz: MHz: Powe tion of
-113.7 -116.5 -119.2 r of the
l Non- an DBS390
MIM l 1800 l 1800 (theoreti
cal RRU 0
O: 6 MHz: MHz: 3929 (configu
carrie -114 -116.8 value)
(900 red with
rs UMTS: UMTS: l 1800 MHz/ RRU392
l MIM MHz: 1800 9, 900
l 900 l 900 -119.5
O: 4 MHz: MHz: MHz, MHz/
carrie (theoreti single 1800
-125.8 -128.6 cal
rs - MHz)
l 1800 l 1800 value) mode
LTE: 2 MHz: MHz:
carriers, UMTS: )
-126.1 -128.9
the l 900 l Outp
bandwidt LTE: LTE: MHz: ut
h is 1.4, 3, l 900 l 900 -131.3 Powe
5, 10, 15, MHz: MHz: l 1800 r of
or 20 -106.3 -109.1 MHz: an
MHz. l 1800 l 1800 -131.6 RRU
MHz: MHz: 3929
LTE: (900
-106.6 -109.4
l 900 MHz/
MHz: 1800
-111.8 MHz,
l 1800 GU
MHz: Non-
-112.1 MSR
)
l Outp
ut
Powe

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 305


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

r of
an
RRU
3929
(900
MHz/
1800
MHz,
GU
MSR
)
l Outp
ut
Powe
r of
an
RRU
3929
(900
MHz/
1800
MHz,
GL
MSR
)

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 306


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.


l The output power is 1 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3929 is located at a height of 3500
m to 4500m; and is 2 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3929 is located at a height of 4500
m to 6000m.
l For the RRU3929 working in GSM mode: when the S1 or S2 configuration is applied, the maximum output
power of each carrier on the RRU3929 is 60 W. If the output power of 60 W is required, the related license
must be obtained. After design optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes enable the same
output power for each carrier on the RRU3929 when any of the S1 through S6 configurations is used. When
the S7 or S8 configuration is used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE
Coverage feature must be obtained. Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable
the same output power for each carrier on the RRU3929.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Table 13-315 Output Power of an RRU3929 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, single-mode)

Mod Nu Numbe Number of Output Output Output Output


e mbe r of LTE Carriers Power Sharing Power Power
r of UMTS per Power per per LTE
GS Carriers GSM per UMTS Carrier
M Carrier GSM Carrier (W)
Carr (W) Carrier (W)
iers (W)

GSM 1 0 0 60 60 0 0

2 0 0 60 60 0 0

3 0 0 30 30 0 0

4 0 0 30 30 0 0

5 0 0 20 25 0 0

6 0 0 20 25 0 0

7 0 0 15 20 0 0

8 0 0 15 20 0 0

UMT 0 1 0 0 0 60 0
S
0 2 0 0 0 60 0

0 3 0 0 0 30 0

0 4 0 0 0 30 0

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 307


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mod Nu Numbe Number of Output Output Output Output


e mbe r of LTE Carriers Power Sharing Power Power
r of UMTS per Power per per LTE
GS Carriers GSM per UMTS Carrier
M Carrier GSM Carrier (W)
Carr (W) Carrier (W)
iers (W)

0 5 0 0 0 20 0

0 6 0 0 0 20 0

0 1 0 0 0 2 x 40 0
(MIMO)

0 2 0 0 0 2 x 30 0
(MIMO)

0 3 0 0 0 2 x 20 0
(MIMO)

0 4 0 0 0 2 x 15 0
(MIMO)

LTE 0 0 1 0 0 0 5/10/15/
20 MHz:
2 x 60
1.4/3
MHz: 2 x
40

0 0 2 0 0 0 2 x 30

0 0 2 0 0 0 Carrier1:
2 x 20
Carrier2:
2 x 40

Table 13-316 Output Power of an RRU3929 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GU Non-MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + 1 1 60 60
UMTS
1 2 60 30

1 3 60 20

2 1 30 60

2 2 30 30

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 308


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

2 3 30 20

2 4 30 15

3 1 20 60

3 2 20 30

3 3 20 20

3 4 20 15

4 1 15 60

4 2 15 30

4 3 15 20

4 4 15 15

5 1 10 60

5 2 10 30

5 3 10 20

6 1 7 60

6 2 7 30

Table 13-317 Output Power of an RRU3929 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GU MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 1 2 30 30

1 2 20 40

2 1 40 20

2 1 30 30

2 2 20 40

2 2 30 30

2 2 40 20

3 1 30 30

3 1 20 40

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 309


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

3 2 20 20

3 2 15 30

4 1 20 40

4 2 20 20

4 2 15 30

5 1 20 20

5 1 15 30

5 2 13 20

6 1 15 30

6 2 12 20

7 1 10 20

1 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

1 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 30

1 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

1 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

2 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

2 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 30

2 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

2 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

2 2 (MIMO) 30 2 x 15

3 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

3 1 (MIMO) 15 2 x 30

3 2 (MIMO) 15 2 x 15

3 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 10

3 2 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

4 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

4 1 (MIMO) 15 2 x 30

4 2 (MIMO) 15 2 x 15

4 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 10

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 310


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

4 2 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

Table 13-318 Output Power of an RRU3929 (900 MHz/1800 MHz, GL MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers LTE Carriers per GSM per LTE
Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + LTE 1 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

1 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 30

1 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

2 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

2 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 30

2 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

3 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

4 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

5 1 (MIMO) 12 2 x 20

6 1 (MIMO) 12 2 x 20

NOTE

l The typical power consumption and the maximum power consumption are measured when the base station
works at a temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station works with 30% load and power
control and DTX are enabled. The maximum power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station
works with 100% load. The power consumption for GSM is calculated based on the sharing power.
l The typical power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 40% load. The
maximum power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 100% load.
l LTE typical power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 50% and LTE maximum
power consumption is measured when the base station load reaches 100%.
l LTE power consumption is calculated based on the 2x2 MIMO configuration. The LTE bandwidth is 10
MHz.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 311


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-319 DBS3900 power consumption (RRU3929 operating in the 900 or 1800 MHz
frequency band configured)
Mode Configuration Output Power Typical Power Maximum
of Each Consumption Power
Carrier (W) (W) Consumption
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 675 795

S4/4/4 20 915 1260

S6/6/6 20 1005 1530

UMTS 3x1 20 585 675

3x2 20 660 840

LTE 3 x 10 MHz 40 990 1290

GSM + UMTS GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 850 1030


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 1060 1360


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1105 1495


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM + LTE GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 1305 1660


LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 1155 1525


LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1215 1660


LTE 3 x 10 MHz l LTE: 40

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-320 shows equipment specifications for an RRU3929.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 312


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-320 Equipment specifications for an RRU3929


Type Power Supply Dimension (H x W x Weight (kg)
D)

RRU3929 -48 V DC; voltage range: 485 mm x 380 mm x 170 25 (with the housing)
-36 V DC to -57 V DC mm (with the housing)
NOTE
The RRU3929 supports
AC applications after
being configured with an
AC/DC power module.
For details, see the AC/DC
Power Module User
Guide.

Table 13-321 shows environment specifications for an RRU3929.

Table 13-321 Environment specifications for an RRU3929


Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU39 l -40°C to +55° 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106 kPa


29 C (without RH
solar radiation)
l -40°C to +50°
C (with solar
radiation)

Table 13-322 shows the standards with which an RRU3929 complies.

Table 13-322 Standards with which an RRU3929 complies


Type Operating Shock Protection Ingress Protection
Environment (IP) Rating

RRU3929 l 3GPP TS 45.005 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 25.141
l 3GPP TS 36.141
l 3GPP TS 37.141
l ETSI EN 300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-323 shows the surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3929.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 313


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-323 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3929


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 314


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Local power Applicable Surge 250 A


monitoring to the
port or alarm scenario
port where the
power
supply
module and
RRUs are
installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
shorter than
1m

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-324 shows antenna capabilities for an RRU3929.

Table 13-324 Antenna capabilities for an RRU3929


Type TMA Capabilites RET Antenna
Capabilities

RRU3929 Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE
For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

13.2.23 Technical Specifications for RRU3942


Adopting the software-defined radio (SDR) technology, RRU3942 modules can work in
different modes with different configurations.

Supported Modes and Frequency Bands


Table 13-325 shows the modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3942.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 315


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-325 Modes and frequency bands supported by an RRU3942


Type Frequency RX Frequency TX Frequency Mode
Band (MHz) Band (MHz) Band (MHz)

RRU3942 1900 1850 to 1910 1930 to 1990 GSM, UMTS,


and GSM +
UMTS

850 824 to 849 869 to 894 GSM, UMTS,


and GSM +
UMTS

RF Specifications
Table 13-326 shows RF specifications for an RRU3942.

NOTE

l The receiver sensitivity of GSM, as recommended in 3GPP TS 51.021, is measured in the central band (80%
of the entire operating band, excluding the edge band) at the antenna connector on the condition that the
channel rate is 13 kbit/s and the Bit Error Rate (BER) is not higher than 2%.
l The receiver sensitivity of UMTS, as recommended in 3GPP TS 25.104, is measured in the entire operating
band at the antenna connector on the condition that the channel rate is 12.2 kbit/s and the BER is not higher
than 0.001.
l The RRU3942 that works in GSM mode and operates in the 850 MHz/1900 MHz frequency band complies
with the 3GPP TS 45.005 V10.2.0 and 3GPP TS 51.021 V10.2.0 standards. The RRU3942 that works in
UMTS or multiple service ring (MSR) mode and operates in the 850 MHz/1900 MHz frequency band
complies with the 3GPP TS 37.104 V10.4.0 and TS 37.141 V10.4.0 standards.
l AB Non-MSR indicates that A data is carried on one transmit channel of an RF module while B data is
carried on the other transmit channel of the RF module. AB MSR indicates that A and B data is carried on
the same transmit channel of an RF module.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 316


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-326 RF specifications for an RRU3942


Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power
pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

RR 2T GSM: 8 GSM: GSM: GSM: l Outp Power


U3 2R TRXs l 850 l 850 l 850 ut consump
942 UMTS: MHz: MHz: MHz: Powe tion of
-113.4 -116.2 -118.9 r of the
l Non- an DBS390
MIM l 1900 l 1900 (theoreti
cal RRU 0
O: 6 MHz: MHz: 3942 (configu
carrie -113.7 -116.5 value)
(850 red with
rs UMTS: UMTS: l 1900 MHz/ RRU394
l MIM MHz: 1900 2, 1900
l 850 l 850 -119.2
O: 4 MHz: MHz: MHz, MHz)
carrie (theoreti single
-125.5 -128.3 cal
rs -
l 1900 l 1900 value) mode
MHz: MHz: UMTS )
-125.8 -128.6
l 850 l Outp
MHz: ut
-131 Powe
l 1900 r of
MHz: an
-131.3 RRU
3942
(850
MHz/
1900
MHz,
GU
Non-
MSR
)
l Outp
ut
Powe

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 317


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Ty Tr Capacit Receiver Sensitivity (dBm) Output Power


pe an y Power Consum
s 1-Way 2-Way 4-Way ption
mi Receiver Receiver Receiver
t Sensitivity Sensitivity Sensitivity
an (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
d
Re
ce
iv
e
C
ha
nn
el
s

r of
an
RRU
3942
(850
MHz/
1900
MHz,
GU
MSR
)

NOTE

l Power sharing assumes a random distribution of UEs in the cell.


l The output power is 1 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3942 is located at a height of 3500
m to 4500m; and is 2 dB lesser than the standard power when the RRU3942 is located at a height of 4500
m to 6000m.
l For the RRU3942 working in GSM mode: when the S1 or S2 configuration is applied, the maximum output
power of each carrier on the RRU3942 is 60 W. If the output power of 60 W is required, the related license
must be obtained. After design optimization, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes enable the same
output power for each carrier on the RRU3942 when any of the S1 through S6 configurations is used. When
the S7 or S8 configurations is used, the license controlling the GBFD-118104 Enhanced EDGE
Coverage feature must be obtained. Otherwise, the 8PSK and GMSK modulation schemes cannot enable
the same output power for each carrier on the RRU3942.
l Factors such as the site-to-site distance, frequency-reuse factor, power control algorithm, and traffic model
affect the gain achieved by dynamic power allocation. Therefore, in most cases, the network planning can
be based on the power specification achieved by dynamic power allocation.
l Before activating the dynamic power sharing feature, enable the DTX and power control functions. In
GBSS8.1, the dynamic power sharing feature is mutually exclusive with the GBFD-113201 Concentric Cell,
GBFD-114501 Co-BCCH Cell, GBFD-118001 BCCH Dense Frequency Multiplexing, and GBFD-117501
Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) features. In GBSS9.0 and later versions, the dynamic power sharing
feature can be used together with these features. However, the dynamic power sharing feature currently
cannot be used together with the GBFD-117002 IBCA (Interference Based Channel Allocation),
GBFD-117001 Flex MAIO, GBFD-118701 RAN Sharing, and GBFD-114001 Extended Cell features in
GBSS8.1, GBSS9.0, and later versions.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 318


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-327 Output Power of an RRU3942 (850 MHz/1900 MHz, single-mode)


Mode Numbe Number of Output Output Output
r of UMTS Power per Sharing Power per
GSM Carriers GSM Carrier Power per UMTS
Carriers (W) GSM Carrier Carrier (W)
(W)

GSM 1 0 60 60 0

2 0 60 60 0

3 0 30 30 0

4 0 30 30 0

5 0 20 25 0

6 0 20 25 0

7 0 15 20 0

8 0 15 20 0

UMTS 0 1 0 0 60

0 2 0 0 60

0 3 0 0 30

0 4 0 0 30

0 5 0 0 20

0 6 0 0 20

0 1 (MIMO) 0 0 2 x 40

0 2 (MIMO) 0 0 2 x 30

0 3 (MIMO) 0 0 2 x 20

0 4 (MIMO) 0 0 2 x 15

Table 13-328 Output Power of an RRU3942 (850 MHz/1900 MHz, GU Non-MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + 1 1 60 60
UMTS
1 2 60 30

1 3 60 20

2 1 30 60

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 319


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

2 2 30 30

2 3 30 20

2 4 30 15

3 1 20 60

3 2 20 30

3 3 20 20

3 4 20 15

4 1 15 60

4 2 15 30

4 3 15 20

4 4 15 15

5 1 10 60

5 2 10 30

5 3 10 20

6 1 7 60

6 2 7 30

Table 13-329 Output Power of an RRU3942 (850 MHz/1900 MHz, GU MSR)


Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power
GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

GSM + UMTS 1 2 30 30

1 2 20 40

2 1 40 20

2 1 30 30

2 2 20 40

2 2 30 30

2 2 40 20

3 1 30 30

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 320


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

3 1 20 40

3 2 20 20

3 2 15 30

4 1 20 40

4 2 20 20

4 2 15 30

5 1 20 20

5 1 15 30

5 2 13 20

6 1 15 30

6 2 12 20

7 1 10 20

1 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

1 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 30

1 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

1 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

2 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 40

2 1 (MIMO) 30 2 x 30

2 1 (MIMO) 40 2 x 20

2 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

2 2 (MIMO) 30 2 x 15

3 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

3 1 (MIMO) 15 2 x 30

3 2 (MIMO) 15 2 x 15

3 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 10

3 2 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

4 1 (MIMO) 20 2 x 20

4 1 (MIMO) 15 2 x 30

4 2 (MIMO) 15 2 x 15

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 321


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Mode Number of Number of Output Power Output Power


GSM Carriers UMTS per GSM per UMTS
Carriers Carrier (W) Carrier (W)

4 2 (MIMO) 20 2 x 10

4 2 (MIMO) 10 2 x 20

NOTE

l The typical power consumption and the maximum power consumption are measured when the base station
works at a temperature of 25°C.
l The typical power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station works with 30% load and power
control and DTX are enabled. The maximum power consumption for GSM is reached when the base station
works with 100% load.
l The typical power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 40% load. The
maximum power consumption for UMTS is reached when the base station works with 100% load.
l The power consumption for GSM is calculated based on the sharing power.

Table 13-330 Power consumption of the DBS3900 (configured with RRU3942, 1900 MHz)
Mode Configuratio Output Power Typical Power Maximum
n per Carrier Consumption Power
(W) (W) Consumption
(W)

GSM S2/2/2 20 690 800

S4/4/4 20 935 1265

S6/6/6 20 1100 1660

UMTS 3x1 20 635 715

3x2 20 765 910

GSM + UMTS GSM S2/2/2 + l GSM: 20 1020 1205


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S3/3/3 + l GSM: 20 1100 1405


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

GSM S4/4/4 + l GSM: 20 1200 1545


UMTS 3 x 1 l UMTS: 20

Engineering Specifications
Table 13-331 shows equipment specifications for an RRU3942.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 322


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Table 13-331 Equipment specifications for an RRU3942


Type Power Supply Dimension (H x W x Weight (kg)
D)

RRU3942 -48 V DC; voltage range: 485 mm x 380 mm x 170 25 (with the housing)
-36 V DC to -57 V DC mm (with the housing)
NOTE
The RRU3942 supports
AC applications after
being configured with an
AC/DC power module.
For details, see the AC/DC
Power Module User
Guide.

Table 13-332 shows environment specifications for an RRU3942.

Table 13-332 Environment specifications for an RRU3942


Type Operating Relative Absolute Atmospheric
Temperature Humidity Humidity Pressure

RRU39 l -40°C to +50° 5% RH to 100% 1 g/m3 to 30 g/m3 70 kPa to 106 kPa


42 C (without RH
solar radiation)
l -40°C to +45°
C (with solar
radiation)

Table 13-333 shows the standards with which an RRU3942 complies.

Table 13-333 Standards with which an RRU3942 complies


Type Operating Shock Protection Ingress Protection
Environment (IP) Rating

RRU3942 l 3GPP TS 45.005 NEBS GR63 zone4 IP65


l 3GPP TS 25.141
l 3GPP TS 36.141
l 3GPP TS 37.141
l ETSI EN 300019-1-4
V2.1.2 (2003-04)
Class 4.1: "Non-
weatherprotected
locations"

Table 13-334 shows the surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3942.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 323


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

NOTE

l Unless otherwise specified, the surge protection specifications depend on the surge waveform of 8/20 μs.
l All the surge current items, unless otherwise specified as Maximum discharge current, refer to Nominal
discharge current.

Table 13-334 Surge protection specifications for the ports on an RRU3942


Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification
Scenario

DC port Applicable Surge Differential 2 kV (1.2/50 μs)


to all mode
scenarios
Common 4 kV (1.2/50 μs)
mode

Surge Differential 10 kA
current mode

Common 20 kA
mode

Antenna port Applicable Surge Differential 8 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 40 kA
mode

CPRI port Applicable Surge 250 A


to all
scenarios

RGPS port Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

RET antenna Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


port to all current mode
scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Dry contact Applicable Surge Differential 3 kA


or RS485 to all current mode
alarm port scenarios
Common 5 kA
mode

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 324


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3900 Series Multi-Mode Base Station
Technical Description 13 Technical Specifications

Port Usage Surge Protection Mode Specification


Scenario

Local power Applicable Surge 250 A


monitoring to the
port or alarm scenario
port where the
power
supply
module and
RRUs are
installed
back to
back or the
scenario
where the
distance
between
them is
shorter than
1m

Antenna Capabilities
Table 13-335 shows antenna capabilities for an RRU3942.

Table 13-335 Antenna capabilities for an RRU3942


Type TMA Capabilites RET Antenna
Capabilities

RRU3942 Supported Supports AISG2.0

NOTE
For RRUs supporting RET antennas, the feed voltage is 12 V and feed current is 2.3 A.

Issue 12 (2013-05-27) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 325


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

You might also like